4 This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
5 of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
6 summary of the changes in that release.
8 8.15.2/8.15.2 2015/07/03
9 If FEATURE(`nopercenthack') is used then some bogus input triggered
10 a recursion which was caught and logged as
11 SYSERR: rewrite: excessive recursion (max 50) ...
12 Fix based on patch from Ondrej Holas.
13 DHParameters now by default uses an included 2048 bit prime.
14 The value 'none' previously caused a log entry claiming
15 there was an error "cannot read or set DH parameters".
16 Also note that this option applies to the server side only.
17 The U= mailer field didn't accept group names containing hyphens,
18 underbars, or periods. Based on patch from David Gwynne
19 of the University of Queensland.
20 CONFIG: Allow connections from IPv6:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1 to relay again.
21 Patch from Lars-Johan Liman of Netnod Internet Exchange.
22 CONFIG: New option UseCompressedIPv6Addresses to select between
23 compressed and uncompressed IPv6 addresses. The default
24 value depends on the compile-time option IPV6_FULL:
25 For 1 the default is False, for 0 it is True, thus
26 preserving the current behaviour. Based on patch from
28 CONFIG: Account for IPv6 localhost addresses in
29 FEATURE(`block_bad_helo'). Suggested by Andrey Chernov
30 from FreeBSD and Robert Scheck from the Fedora Project.
31 CONFIG: Account for IPv6 localhost addresses in check_mail ruleset.
32 LIBMILTER: Deal with more invalid protocol data to avoid potential
33 crashes. Problem noted by Dimitri Kirchner.
34 LIBMILTER: Allow a milter to specify an empty macro list ("", not
35 NULL) in smfi_setsymlist() so no macro is sent for the
37 MAKEMAP: A change to check TrustedUser in fewer cases which was
38 made in 2013 caused a potential regression when makemap
39 was run as root (which should not be done anyway).
40 Note: sendmail often contains options "For Future Releases"
41 (prefix _FFR_) which might be enabled in a subsequent
42 version or might simply be removed as they turned out not
43 to be really useful. These features are usually not
44 documented but if they are, then the required (FFR)
46 - doc/op/op.* for rulesets and macros,
47 - cf/README for mc/cf options.
49 8.15.1/8.15.1 2014/12/06
50 SECURITY: Properly set the close-on-exec flag for file descriptors
51 (except stdin, stdout, and stderr) before executing mailers.
52 If header rewriting fails due to a temporary map lookup failure,
53 queue the mail for later retry instead of sending it
54 without rewriting the header. Note: this is done
55 while the mail is being sent and hence the transaction
56 is aborted, which only works for SMTP/LMTP mailers
57 hence the handling of temporary map failures is
58 suppressed for other mailers. SMTP/LMTP servers may
59 complain about aborted transactions when this problem
61 See also "DNS Lookups" in sendmail/TUNING.
62 Incompatible Change: Use uncompressed IPv6 addresses by default,
63 i.e., they will not contain "::". For example,
64 instead of ::1 it will be 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1. This
65 permits a zero subnet to have a more specific match,
66 such as different map entries for IPv6:0:0 vs IPv6:0.
67 This change requires that configuration data
68 (including maps, files, classes, custom ruleset,
69 etc) must use the same format, so make certain such
70 configuration data is updated before using 8.15.
71 As a very simple check search for patterns like
72 'IPv6:[0-9a-fA-F:]*::' and 'IPv6::'. If necessary,
73 the prior format can be retained by compiling with:
74 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-DIPV6_FULL=0')
75 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.
76 If debugging is turned on (-d0.14) also print the OpenSSL
77 versions, both build time and run time
78 (provided STARTTLS is compiled in).
79 If a connection to the MTA is dropped by the client before its
80 hostname can be validated, treat it as "may be forged",
81 so that the unvalidated hostname is not passed to a
82 milter in xxfi_connect().
83 Add a timeout for communication with socket map servers
84 which can be specified using the -d option.
85 Add a compile time option HESIOD_ALLOW_NUMERIC_LOGIN to allow
86 numeric logins even if HESIOD is enabled.
87 The new option CertFingerprintAlgorithm specifies the finger-
88 print algorithm (digest) to use for the presented cert.
89 If the option is not set, md5 is used and the macro
90 {cert_md5} contains the cert fingerprint.
91 However, if the option is set, the specified algorithm
92 (e.g., sha1) is used and the macro {cert_fp} contains
94 That is, as long as the option is not set, the behaviour
95 does not change, but otherwise, {cert_md5} is superseded
96 by {cert_fp} even if you set CertFingerprintAlgorithm
98 The options ServerSSLOptions and ClientSSLOptions can be used
99 to set SSL options for the server and client side
100 respectively. See SSL_CTX_set_options(3) for a list.
101 Note: this change turns on SSL_OP_NO_SSLv2 and
102 SSL_OP_NO_TICKET for the client. See doc/op/op.me
104 The option CipherList sets the list of ciphers for STARTTLS.
105 See ciphers(1) for possible values.
106 Do not log "STARTTLS: internal error: tls_verify_cb: ssl == NULL"
107 if a CRLFfile is in use (and LogLevel is 14 or higher.)
108 Store a more specific TLS protocol version in ${tls_version}
109 instead of a generic one, e.g., TLSv1 instead of
111 Properly set {client_port} value on little endian machines.
112 Patch from Kelsey Cummings of Sonic.net.
113 Per RFC 3848, indicate in the Received: header whether SSL or
114 SMTP AUTH was negotiated by setting the protocol clause
115 to ESMTPS, ESMTPA, or ESMTPSA instead of ESMTP.
116 If the 'C' flag is listed as TLSSrvOptions the requirement for the
117 TLS server to have a cert is removed. This only works
118 under very specific circumstances and should only be used
119 if the consequences are understood, e.g., clients
120 may not work with a server using this.
121 The options ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, ServerCertFile, and
122 ServerKeyFile can take a second file name, which must be
123 separated from the first with a comma (note: do not use
124 any spaces) to set up a second cert/key pair. This can
125 be used to have certs of different types, e.g., RSA
127 A new map type "arpa" is available to reverse an IP (IPv4 or IPv6)
128 address. It returns the string for the PTR lookup, but
129 without trailing {ip6,in-addr}.arpa.
130 New operation mode 'C' just checks the configuration file, e.g.,
131 sendmail -C new.cf -bC
132 will perform a basic syntax/consistency check of new.cf.
133 The mailer flag 'I' is deprecated and will be removed in a
135 Allow local (not just TCP) socket connections to the server, e.g.,
136 O DaemonPortOptions=Family=local, Addr=/var/mta/server.sock
138 If the new option MaxQueueAge is set to a value greater than zero,
139 entries in the queue will be retried during a queue run
140 only if the individual retry time has been reached which
141 is doubled for each attempt. The maximum retry time is
142 limited by the specified value.
143 New DontBlameSendmail option GroupReadableDefaultAuthInfoFile
144 to relax requirement for DefaultAuthInfo file.
145 Reset timeout after receiving a message to appropriate value if
146 STARTTLS is in use. Based on patch by Kelsey Cummings
148 Report correct error messages from the LDAP library for a range of
149 small negative return values covering those used by OpenLDAP.
150 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 5.0 and 6.0. Patch from
151 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
152 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nopercenthack') takes one parameter: reject or
153 nospecial which describes whether to disallow "%" in the
154 local part of an address.
155 DEVTOOLS: Fix regression in auto-detection of libraries when only
156 shared libraries are available. Problem reported by
158 LIBMILTER: Mark communication socket as close-on-exec in case
159 a user's filter starts other applications.
160 Based on patch from Paul Howarth.
162 SunOS 5.12 has changed the API for sigwait(2) to conform
163 with XPG7. Based on patch from Roger Faulkner of Oracle.
167 8.14.9/8.14.9 2014/05/21
168 SECURITY: Properly set the close-on-exec flag for file descriptors
169 (except stdin, stdout, and stderr) before executing mailers.
170 Fix a misformed comment in conf.c: "/*" within comment
171 which may cause a compilation error on some systems.
172 Problem reported by John Beck of Oracle.
173 DEVTOOLS: Fix regression in auto-detection of libraries when only
174 shared libraries are available. Problem reported by
177 8.14.8/8.14.8 2014/01/26
178 Properly initialize all OpenSSL algorithms for versions before
179 OpenSSL 0.9.8o. Without this SHA2 algorithms may not
180 work properly, causing for example failures for certs
181 that use sha256WithRSAEncryption as signature algorithm.
182 When looking up hostnames, ensure only to return those records
183 for the requested family (AF_INET or AF_INET6).
184 On system that have NEEDSGETIPNODE and NETINET6
185 this may have failed and cause delivery problems.
186 Problem noted by Kees Cook.
187 A new mailer flag '!' is available to suppress an MH hack
188 that drops an explicit From: header if it is the
189 same as what sendmail would generate.
190 Add an FFR (for future release) to use uncompressed IPv6 addresses,
191 i.e., they will not contain "::". For example, instead
192 of ::1 it will be 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1. This means that
193 configuration data (including maps, files, classes,
194 custom ruleset, etc) have to use the same format.
195 This will be turned on in 8.15. It can be enabled in 8.14
197 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_IPV6_FULL')
198 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.
199 Add an additional case for the WorkAroundBrokenAAAA check when
200 dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
201 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time.
202 Problem noted by Pavel Timofeev of OCS.
203 If available, pass LOGIN_SETCPUMASK and LOGIN_SETLOGINCLASS to
204 setusercontext() on deliveries as a different user.
205 Patch from Edward Tomasz Napierala from FreeBSD.
206 Avoid compiler warnings from a change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.25.
207 Patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO from FreeBSD.
208 Add support for DHParameters 2048-bit primes.
209 CONFIG: Accept IPv6 literals when evaluating the HELO/EHLO argument
210 in FEATURE(`block_bad_helo'). Suggested by Andrey Chernov.
211 LIBSMDB: Add a missing check for malloc() in libsmdb/smndbm.c.
212 Patch from Bill Parker.
213 LIBSMDB: Fix minor memory leaks in libsmdb/ if allocations
214 fail. Patch from John Beck of Oracle.
216 Add support for Darwin 12.x and 13.x (Mac OS X 10.8 and 10.9).
217 On Linux use socklen_t as the type for the 3rd argument
218 for getsockname/getpeername if the glibc version is at
221 devtools/OS/Darwin.12.x
222 devtools/OS/Darwin.13.x
224 8.14.7/8.14.7 2013/04/21
225 Drop support for IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses to prevent the MTA
226 from using a mapped address over a legitimate IPv6 address
227 and to enforce the proper semantics over the IPv6
228 connection. Problem noted by Ulrich Sporlein.
229 Fix a regression introduced in 8.14.6: the wrong list of
230 macros was sent to a milter in the EHLO stage.
231 Problem found by Fabrice Bellet, reported via RedHat
233 Fix handling of ORCPT parameter for DSNs: xtext decoding
234 was not performed and a wrong syntax check was applied
235 to the "addr-type" field. Problem noted by Dan Lukes
237 Fix handling of NUL characters in the MIME conversion functions
238 so that message bodies containing them will be sent
239 on properly. Note: this usually also affects mails
240 that are not converted as those functions are used
241 for other purposes too. Problem noted by Elchonon
242 Edelson of Lockheed Martin.
243 Do not perform "duplicate" elimination of recipients if they
244 resolve to the error mailer using a temporary failure
245 (4xy) via ruleset 0. Problem noted by Akira Takahashi
247 CONTRIB: Updated version of etrn.pl script from John Beck
250 Unlike gcc, clang doesn't apply full prototypes to K&R
253 8.14.6/8.14.6 2012/12/23
254 Fix a regression introduced in 8.14.5: if a server offers
255 two AUTH lines, the MTA would not read them after
256 STARTTLS has been used and hence SMTP AUTH for
257 the client side would fail. Problem noted by Lena.
258 Do not cache hostnames internally in a non case sensitive way
259 as that may cause addresses to change from lower case
260 to upper case or vice versa. These header modifications
261 can cause problems with milters that rely on receiving
262 headers in the same way as they are being sent out such
263 as a DKIM signing milter.
264 If MaxQueueChildren is set then it was possible that new queue
265 runners could not be started anymore because an
266 internal counter was subject to a race condition.
267 If a milter decreases the timeout it waits for a communication
268 with the MTA, the MTA might experience a write() timeout.
269 In some situations, the resulting error might have been
270 ignored. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
271 Note: decreasing the communication timeout in a milter
272 should not be done without considering the potential
274 smfi_setsymlist() now properly sets the list of macros for
275 the milter which invoked it, instead of a global
276 list for all milters. Problem reported by
277 David Shrimpton of the University of Queensland.
278 If Timeout.resolver.retrans is set to a value larger than 20,
279 then resolver.retry was temporarily set to 0 for
280 gethostbyaddr() lookups. Now it is set to 1 instead.
282 If sendmail could not lock the statistics file due to a system
283 error, and sendmail later sends a DSN for a mail that
284 triggered such an error, then sendmail tried to access
285 memory that was freed before (causing a crash on some
286 systems). Problem reported by Ryan Stone.
287 Do not log negative values for size= nor pri= to avoid confusing
288 log parsers, instead limit the values to LONG_MAX.
289 Account for an API change in newer versions of Cyrus-SASL.
290 Patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO from FreeBSD.
291 Do not try to resolve link-local addresses for IPv4 (just as it
292 is done for IPv6). Patch from John Beck of Oracle.
293 Improve logging of client and server STARTTLS connection failures
294 that may be due to incompatible cipher lists by including
295 the reason for the failure in a single log line. Suggested
296 by James Carey of Boeing.
298 Add support for Darwin 11.x (Mac OS X 10.7).
299 Add support for SunOS 5.12 (aka Solaris 12). Patch from
302 devtools/OS/Darwin.11.x
303 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.12
305 8.14.5/8.14.5 2011/05/17
306 Do not cache SMTP extensions across connections as the cache
307 is based on hostname which may not be a unique identifier
308 for a server, i.e., different machines may have the
309 same hostname but provide different SMTP extensions.
310 Problem noted by Jim Hermann.
311 Avoid an out-of-bounds access in case a resolver reply for a DNS
312 map lookup returns a size larger than 1K. Based on a
313 patch from Dr. Werner Fink of SuSE.
314 If a job is aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
315 the keyboard), perform minimal cleanup to avoid invoking
316 functions that are not signal-safe. Note: in previous
317 versions the mail might have been queued up already
318 and would be delivered subsequently, now an interrupt
319 will always remove the queue files and thus prevent
321 Per RFC 6176, when operating as a TLS client, do not offer SSLv2.
322 Since TLS session resumption is never used as a client, disable
323 use of RFC 4507-style session tickets.
324 Work around gcc4 versions which reverse 25 years of history and
325 no longer align char buffers on the stack, breaking calls
326 to resolver functions on strict alignment platforms.
327 Found by Stuart Henderson of OpenBSD.
328 Read at most two AUTH lines from a server greeting (up to two
329 lines are read because servers may use "AUTH mechs" and
330 "AUTH=mechs"). Otherwise a malicious server may exhaust
331 the memory of the client. Bug report by Nils of MWR
333 Avoid triggering an assertion in the OpenLDAP code when the
334 connection to an LDAP server is lost while making a query.
335 Problem noted and patch provided by Andy Fiddaman.
336 If ConnectOnlyTo is set and sendmail is compiled with NETINET6
337 it would try to use an IPv6 address if an IPv4 (or
338 unparseable) address is specified.
339 If SASLv2 is used, make sure that the macro {auth_authen} is
340 stored in xtext format to avoid problems with parsing
341 it. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
342 CONFIG: FEATURE(`ldap_routing') in 8.14.4 tried to add a missing
343 -T<TMPF> that is required, but failed for some cases
344 that did not use LDAP. This change has been undone
345 until a better solution can be implemented. Problem
346 found by Andy Fiddaman.
347 CONFIG: Add cf/ostype/solaris11.m4 for Solaris11 support.
348 Contributed by Casper Dik of Oracle.
349 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Deal with H entries that do not have a
350 letter between the question marks. Patch from
352 DOC: Use a better description for the -i option in sendmail.
353 Patch from Mitchell Berger.
355 Add support for Darwin 10.x (Mac OS X 10.6).
356 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for FreeBSD 3 and later. Patch
358 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for OpenBSD 4.3 and later.
359 Use new directory "/system/volatile" for PidFile on
360 Solaris 11. Patch from Casper Dik of Oracle.
361 Fix compilation on Solaris 11 (and maybe some other
362 OSs) when using OpenSSL 1.0. Based on patch from
363 Jan Pechanec of Oracle.
364 Set SOCKADDR_LEN_T and SOCKOPT_LEN_T to socklen_t
365 for Solaris 11. Patch from Roger Faulkner of Oracle.
367 cf/ostype/solaris11.m4
369 8.14.4/8.14.4 2009/12/30
370 SECURITY: Handle bogus certificates containing NUL characters
371 in CNs by placing a string indicating a bad certificate
372 in the {cn_subject} or {cn_issuer} macro. Patch inspired
373 by Matthias Andree's changes for fetchmail.
374 During the generation of a queue identifier an integer overflow
375 could occur which might result in bogus characters
376 being used. Based on patch from John Vannoy of
377 Pepperdine University.
378 The value of headers, e.g., Precedence, Content-Type, et.al.,
379 was not processed correctly. Patch from Per Hedeland.
380 Between 8.11.7 and 8.12.0 the length limitation on a return
381 path was erroneously reduced from MAXNAME (256) to
382 MAXSHORTSTR (203). Patch from John Gardiner Myers
383 of Proofpoint; the problem was also noted by Steve
384 Hubert of University of Washington.
385 Prevent a crash when a hostname lookup returns a seemingly
386 valid result which contains a NULL pointer (this seems
387 to be happening on some Linux versions).
388 The process title was missing the current load average when
389 the MTA was delaying connections due to DelayLA.
390 Patch from Dick St.Peters of NetHeaven.
391 Do not reset the number of queue entries in shared memory if
392 only some of them are processed.
393 Fix overflow of an internal array when parsing some replies
394 from a milter. Problem found by Scott Rotondo
396 If STARTTLS is turned off in the server (via M=S) then it
397 would not be initialized for use in the client either.
398 Patch from Kazuteru Okahashi of IIJ.
399 If a Diffie-Hellman cipher is selected for STARTTLS, the
400 handshake could fail with some TLS implementations
401 because the prime used by the server is not long enough.
402 Note: the initialization of the DSA/DH parameters for
403 the server can take a significant amount of time on slow
404 machines. This can be turned off by setting DHParameters
405 to none or a file (see doc/op/op.me). Patch from
406 Petr Lampa of the Brno University of Technology.
407 Fix handling of `b' modifier for DaemonPortOptions on little
408 endian machines for loopback address. Patch from
409 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
410 Fix a potential memory leak in libsmdb/smdb1.c found by parfait.
411 Based on patch from Jonathan Gray of OpenBSD.
412 If a milter sets the reply code to "421" during the transfer
413 of the body, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
414 with that error to match the behavior of the other callbacks.
415 Return EX_IOERR (instead of 0) if a mail submission fails due to
416 missing disk space in the mail queue. Based on patch
417 from Martin Poole of RedHat.
418 CONFIG: Using FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s `nodomain' argument would
419 cause addresses not found in LDAP to be misparsed.
420 CONFIG: Using a CN restriction did not work for TLS_Clt as it
421 referred to a wrong macro. Patch from John Gardiner
423 CONFIG: The option relaytofulladdress of FEATURE(`access_db')
424 did not work if FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') is used too.
425 Problem noted by Kristian Shaw.
426 CONFIG: The internal function lower() was broken and hence
427 strcasecmp() did not work either, which could cause
428 problems for some FEATURE()s if upper case arguments
429 were used. Patch from Vesa-Matti J Kari of the
430 University of Helsinki.
431 LIBMILTER: Fix internal check whether a milter application
432 is compiled against the same version of libmilter as
433 it is linked against (especially useful for dynamic
435 LIBMILTER: Fix memory leak that occurred when smfi_setsymlist()
436 was used. Based on patch by Dan Lukes.
437 LIBMILTER: Document the effect of SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC for filters
438 which add, insert, or replace headers. From Benjamin
440 LIBMILTER: Fix error messages which refer to "select()" to be
441 correct if SM_CONF_POLL is used. Based on patch from
443 LIBSM: Fix handling of LDAP search failures where the error is
444 carried in the search result itself, such as seen with
445 OpenLDAP proxy servers.
446 VACATION: Do not refer to a local variable outside its scope.
447 Based on patch from Mark Costlow of Southwest Cyberport.
449 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for SunOS 5.11. Patch from
450 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
451 Drop NISPLUS from default SunOS 5.11 map definitions.
452 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
454 8.14.3/8.14.3 2008/05/03
455 During ruleset processing the generation of a key for a map
456 lookup and the parsing of the default value was broken
457 for some macros, e.g., $|, which caused the BlankSub
458 character to be inserted into the workspace and thus
459 failures, e.g., rules that should have matched did not.
460 8.14.2 caused a regression: it accessed (macro) storage which was
461 freed before. First instance of the problem reported by
462 Matthew Dillon of DragonFlyBSD; variations of the same
463 bug reported by Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD, Moritz
464 Jodeit, and Dave Hayes.
465 Improve pathname length checks for persistent host status. Patch
466 from Joerg Sonnenberger of DragonFlyBSD.
467 Reword misleading SMTP reply text for FEATURE(`badmx'). Problem
468 noted by Beth Halsema.
469 The read timeout was fixed to be Timeout.datablock if STARTTLS
470 was activated. This may cause problems if that value
471 is lowered from its default. Problem noted by Jens Elkner.
472 CONFIG: Using LOCAL_TLS_CLIENT caused the tls_client ruleset
473 to operate incorrectly. Problem found by Werner Wiethege.
474 LIBMILTER: Omitting some protocol steps via the xxfi_negotiate()
475 callback did not work properly. The patchlevel of
476 libmilter has been set to 1 so a milter can determine
477 whether libmilter contains this fix.
478 MAKEMAP: If a delimiter is specified (-t) use that also when
479 dumping a map. Patch from Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD.
481 Add support for Darwin 9.x (Mac OS X 10.5).
482 Support shared libraries in Darwin 8 and 9. Patch from
483 Chris Behrens of Concentric.
484 Add support for SCO OpenServer 6, patch from Boyd Gerber.
485 DEVTOOLS: Clarify that confSHAREDLIBDIR requires a trailing slash.
487 devtools/OS/Darwin.9.x
490 8.14.2/8.14.2 2007/11/01
491 If a message was queued and it contained 8 bit characters in
492 a From: or To: header, then those characters could be
493 "mistaken" for internal control characters during a queue
494 run and trigger various consistency checks. Problem
495 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
496 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set to a value greater than 0 (which
497 it is by default) then even if the Linelimit parameter
498 is 0, sendmail corrupted in the non-transfer-encoding
499 case every MAXLINE-1 characters. Patch from John Gardiner
501 Setting the suboption DeliveryMode for DaemonPortOptions did not
502 work in earlier 8.14 versions.
503 Note: DeliveryMode=interactive is silently converted to
504 background if a milter can reject or delete a recipient.
505 Prior to 8.14 this happened only if milter could delete
507 ClientRate should trigger when the limit was exceeded (as
508 documented), not when it was reached. Patch from
509 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
510 Force a queue run for -qGqueuegroup even if no runners are
511 specified (R=0) and forking (F=f) is requested.
512 When multiple results are requested for a DNS map lookup
513 (-z and -Z), return only those that are relevant for
514 the query (not also those in the "additional section".)
515 If the message transfer time to sendmail (when acting as server)
516 exceeds Timeout.queuewarn or Timeout.queuereturn and
517 the message is refused (by a milter), sendmail previously
518 created a delivery status notification (DSN). Patch
519 from Doug Heath of The Hertz Corporation.
520 A code change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.22 for sasl_decode64() requires
521 the MTA to deal with some input (i.e., "=") itself.
522 Problem noted by Eliot Lear.
523 sendmail counted a delivery as successful if PIPELINING is
524 compiled in but not offered by the server and the
525 delivery failed temporarily. Patch from Werner Wiethege.
526 If getting the result of an LDAP query times out then close the
527 map so it will be reopened on the next lookup. This
528 should help "failover" configurations that specify more
529 than one LDAP server.
530 If check_compat returns $#discard then a "savemail panic" could
531 be triggered under some circumstances (e.g., requiring
532 a system which does not have the compile time flag
533 HASFLOCK set). Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura
534 of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
535 If a milter rejected a recipient, the count for nrcpts= in the
536 logfile entry might have been wrong. Problem found by
537 Petra Humann of TU Dresden.
538 If a milter invoked smfi_chgfrom() where ESMTP arguments are not
539 NULL, the message body was lost. Patch from Motonori
540 Nakamura of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
541 sendmail(8) had a bogus space in -qGname. Patch from Peng Haitao.
542 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Preserve ownership and permissions when
544 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Skip dot-files (e.g., .cvsignore) when
545 reading the /etc/mail/virtusers/ directory.
546 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Emit warnings instead of exiting where
548 LIBMILTER: Fix ABI backwards compatibility so milters compiled
549 against an older libmilter.so shared library can use an
550 8.14 libmilter.so shared library.
551 LIBMILTER: smfi_version() did not properly extract the patchlevel
552 from the version number, however, the returned value was
553 correct for the current libmilter version.
555 8.14.1/8.14.1 2007/04/03
556 Even though a milter rejects a recipient the MTA will still keep
557 it in its list of recipients and deliver to it if the
558 transaction is accepted. This is a regression introduced
559 in 8.14.0 due to the change for SMFIP_RCPT_REJ. Bug
560 found by Andy Fiddaman.
561 The new DaemonPortOptions which begin with a lower case character
562 could not be set in 8.14.0.
563 If a server shut down the connection in response to a STARTTLS
564 command, sendmail would log a misleading error message
565 due to an internal inconsistency. Problem found by
567 Document how some sendmail.cf options change the behavior of mailq.
568 Noted by Paul Menchini of the North Carolina School of
569 Science and Mathematics.
570 CONFIG: Add confSOFT_BOUNCE m4 option for setting SoftBounce.
571 CONFIG: 8.14.0's RELEASE_NOTES failed to mention the addition
572 of the confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS and confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE
573 m4 options for setting MaxNOOPCommands and
575 CONFIG: Add confMILTER_MACROS_EOH and confMILTER_MACROS_DATA m4
576 options for setting Milter.macros.eoh and Milter.macros.data.
577 CONTRIB: Use flock() and fcntl() in qtool.pl if necessary.
578 Patch from Daniel Carroll of Mesa State College.
579 LIBMILTER: Make sure an unknown command does not affect the
580 currently available macros. Problem found by Andy Fiddaman.
581 LIBMILTER: The MTA did not offer SMFIF_SETSYMLIST during option
582 negotiation. Problem reported by Bryan Costales.
583 LIBMILTER: Fix several minor errors in the documentation.
584 Patches from Bryan Costales.
586 AIX 5.{1,2}: libsm/util.c failed to compile due to
587 redefinition of several macros, e.g., SIG_ERR.
588 Patch from Jim Pirzyk with assistance by Bob
589 Booth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
590 Add support for QNX.6. Patch from Sean Boudreau of QNX
593 devtools/M4/depend/QNX6.m4
595 include/sm/os/sm_os_qnx.h
597 New Files added in 8.14.0, but not shown in the release notes entry:
598 libmilter/docs/smfi_chgfrom.html
599 libmilter/docs/smfi_version.html
601 8.14.0/8.14.0 2007/01/31
602 Header field values are now 8 bit clean. Notes:
603 - header field names are still restricted to 7 bit.
604 - RFC 2822 allows only 7 bit (US-ASCII) characters in
606 Preserve spaces after the colon in a header. Previously, any
607 number of spaces after the colon would be changed to
609 In some cases of deeply nested aliases/forwarding, mail can
610 be silently lost. Moreover, the MaxAliasRecursion
611 limit may be reached too early, e.g., the counter
612 may be off by a factor of 4 in case of a sequence of
613 .forward files that refer to others. Patch from
614 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
615 Fix a regression in 8.13.8: if InputMailFilters is set then
616 "sendmail -bs" can trigger an assertion because the
617 hostname of the client is undefined. It is now set
618 to "localhost" for the xxfi_connect() callback.
619 Avoid referencing a freed variable during cleanup when terminating.
620 Problem reported and diagnosed by Joe Maimon.
621 New option HeloName to set the name for the HELO/EHLO command.
622 Patch from Nik Clayton.
623 New option SoftBounce to issue temporary errors (4xy) instead of
624 permanent errors (5xy). This can be useful for testing.
625 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions to set them individually
627 DeliveryMode DeliveryMode
631 children MaxDaemonChildren
632 New option -K for LDAP maps to replace %1 through %9 in the
633 lookup key with the LDAP escaped contents of the
634 arguments specified in the map lookup. Loosely based
635 on patch from Wolfgang Hottgenroth.
636 Log the time after which a greet_pause delay triggered. Patch
638 If a client is rejected via TCP wrapper or some other check
639 performed by validate_connection() (in conf.c) then do
640 not also invoke greet_pause. Problem noted by Jim Pirzyk
641 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
642 If a client terminates the SMTP connection during a pause
643 introduced by greet_pause, then a misleading message
644 was logged previously. Problem noted by Vernon Schryver
645 et.al., patch from Matej Vela.
646 New command "mstat" for control socket to provide "machine
648 New named config file rule check_eom which is called at the end
649 of a message, its parameter is the size of the message.
650 If the macro {addr_type} indicates that the current address
651 is a header address it also distinguishes between
652 recipient and sender addresses (as it is done for
654 When a macro is set in check_relay, then its value is accessible
655 by all transactions in the same SMTP session.
656 Increase size of key for ldap lookups to 1024 (MAXKEY).
657 New option MaxNOOPCommands to override default of 20 for the
658 number of "useless" commands before the SMTP server will
659 slow down responding.
660 New option SharedMemoryKeyFile: if shared memory support is
661 enabled, the MTA can be asked to select a shared memory
662 key itself by setting SharedMemoryKey to -1 and specifying
663 a file where to store the selected key.
664 Try to deal with open HTTP proxies that are used to send spam
665 by recognizing some commands from them. If the first command
666 from the client is GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER, then the
667 connection is terminated immediately.
668 New PrivacyOptions noactualrecipient to avoid putting
669 X-Actual-Recipient lines in DSNs revealing the actual
670 account that addresses map to. Patch from Dan Harkless.
671 New options B, z, and Z for DNS maps:
672 -B: specify a domain that is always appended to queries.
673 -z: specify the delimiter at which to cut off the result of
674 a query if it is too long.
675 -Z: specify the maximum number of entries to be concatenated
676 to form the result of a lookup.
677 New target "check" in the Makefile of libsm: instead of running tests
678 implicitly while building libsm, they must be explicitly
679 started by using "make check".
680 Fixed some inconsistent checks for NULL pointers that have been
681 reported by the SATURN tool which has been developed by
682 Isil Dillig and Thomas Dillig of Stanford University.
683 Fix a potential race condition caused by a signal handler for
684 terminated child processes. Problem noted by David F. Skoll.
685 When a milter deleted a recipient, that recipient could cause a
686 queue group selection. This has been disabled as it was not
688 New operator 'r' for the arith map to return a random number.
689 Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
690 New compile time option MILTER_NO_NAGLE to turn off the Nagle
691 algorithm for communication with libmilter ("cork" on Linux),
692 which may improve the communication performance on some
693 operating systems. Patch from John Gardiner Myers of
695 If sendmail received input that contained a CR without subsequent LF
696 (thus violating RFC 2821 (2.3.7)), it could previously
697 generate an additional blank line in the output as the last
699 Restarting persistent queue runners by sending a HUP signal to
700 the "queue control process" (QCP) works now.
701 Increase the length of an input line to 12288 to deal with
702 really long lines during SMTP AUTH negotiations.
703 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
704 If ARPANET mode (-ba) was selected STARTTLS would fail (due to
705 a missing initialization call for that case). Problem
706 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
707 If sendmail is linked against a library that initializes Cyrus-SASL
708 before sendmail did it (such as libnss-ldap), then SMTP AUTH
709 could fail for the sendmail client. A patch by Moritz Both
710 works around the API design flaw of Cyrus-SASLv2.
711 CONFIG: Make it possible to unset the StatusFile option by
712 undefining STATUS_FILE. By not setting StatusFile,
713 the MTA will not attempt to open a statistics file on
715 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`require_rdns') to reject messages from SMTP
716 clients whose IP address does not have proper reverse DNS.
717 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University
718 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
719 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`block_bad_helo') to reject messages from SMTP
720 clients which provide a HELO/EHLO argument which is either
721 unqualified, or is one of our own names (i.e., the server
722 name instead of the client name). Contributed by Neil
723 Rickert of Northern Illinois University and John Beck of
725 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`badmx') to reject envelope sender addresses
726 (MAIL) whose domain part resolves to a "bad" MX record.
727 Based on contribution from William Dell Wisner.
728 CONFIG: New macros SMTP_MAILER_LL and RELAY_MAILER_LL to override
729 the maximum line length of the smtp mailers.
730 CONFIG: New option `relaytofulladdress' for FEATURE(`access_db')
731 to allow entries in the access map to be of the form
732 To:user@example.com RELAY
733 CONFIG: New subsuboptions eoh and data to specify the list of
734 macros a milter should receive at those stages in the
736 CONFIG: New option confHELO_NAME for HeloName to set the name
737 for the HELO/EHLO command.
738 CONFIG: dnsbl and enhdnsbl can now also discard or quarantine
739 messages by using those values as second argument.
740 Patches from Nelson Fung.
741 CONTRIB: cidrexpand uses a hash symbol as comment character and
742 ignores everything after it unless it is in quotes or
743 preceeded by a backslash.
744 DEVTOOLS: New macro confMKDIR: if set to a program that creates
745 directories, then it used for "make install" to create
746 the required installation directories.
747 DEVTOOLS: New macro confCCLINK to specify the linker to use for
748 executables (defaults to confCC).
749 LIBMILTER: A new version of the milter API has been created that
750 has several changes which are listed below and documented
751 in the webpages reachable via libmilter/docs/index.html.
752 LIBMILTER: The meaning of the version macro SMFI_VERSION has been
753 changed. It now refers only to the version of libmilter,
754 not to the protocol version (which is used only internally,
755 it is not user/milter-programmer visible). Additionally,
756 a version function smfi_version() has been introduced such
757 that a milter program can check the libmilter version also
758 at runtime which is useful if a shared library is used.
759 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_negotiate() can be used to
760 dynamically (i.e., at runtime) determine the available
761 protocol actions and features of the MTA and also to
762 specify which of these a milter wants to use. This allows
763 for more flexibility than hardcoding these flags in the
764 xxfi_flags field of the smfiDesc structure.
765 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_data() is available so milters
766 can act on the DATA command.
767 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_unknown() is available so milters
768 can receive also unknown SMTP commands.
769 LIBMILTER: A new return code SMFIS_NOREPLY has been added which
770 can be used by the xxfi_header() callback provided the
771 milter requested the SMFIP_NOHREPL protocol action.
772 LIBMILTER: The new return code SMFIS_SKIP can be used in the
773 xxfi_body() callback to skip over further body chunks
774 and directly advance to the xxfi_eom() callback. This
775 is useful if a milter can make a decision based on the
776 body chunks it already received without reading the entire
777 rest of the body and the milter wants to invoke functions
778 that are only available from the xxfi_eom() callback.
779 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_addrcpt_par() can be used to add
780 new recipients including ESMTP parameters.
781 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_chgfrom() can be used to change the
782 envelope sender including ESMTP parameters.
783 LIBMILTER: A milter can now request to be informed about rejected
784 recipients (RCPT) too. This requires to set the protocol
785 flag SMFIP_RCPT_REJ during option negotiation. Whether
786 a RCPT has been rejected can be checked by comparing the
787 value of the macro {rcpt_mailer} with "error".
788 LIBMILTER: A milter can now override the list of macros that it
789 wants to receive from the MTA for each protocol step
790 by invoking the function smfi_setsymlist() during option
792 LIBMILTER: A milter can receive header field values with all
793 leading spaces by requesting the SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC
794 protocol action. Also, if the flag is set then the MTA
795 does not add a leading space to headers that are added,
796 inserted, or replaced.
797 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421" for the HELO
798 callback, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
799 with that error to match the behavior of all other callbacks.
802 cf/feature/block_bad_helo.m4
803 cf/feature/require_rdns.m4
804 devtools/M4/UNIX/check.m4
806 include/sm/sendmail.h
808 libmilter/docs/smfi_addrcpt_par.html
809 libmilter/docs/smfi_setsymlist.html
810 libmilter/docs/xxfi_data.html
811 libmilter/docs/xxfi_negotiate.html
812 libmilter/docs/xxfi_unknown.html
823 8.13.8/8.13.8 2006/08/09
824 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then
825 the server can erroneously report that there is
826 insufficient disk space. Additionally make sure that
827 an internal variable is set properly to avoid those
828 misleading errors. Based on patch from Steve Hubert
829 of University of Washington.
830 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after
831 the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if
832 sendmail -bd is invoked. Problem reported by Kan Sasaki
833 of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege.
834 Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none". Patch from
836 Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable.
837 Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit.
838 CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4
840 LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback
841 previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}. However,
842 this did not match the documentation of the function, hence
843 it has been changed to {client_name}. See doc/op/op.me
846 8.13.7/8.13.7 2006/06/14
847 A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to
848 crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow,
849 e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s). This
850 happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7()
851 was not restricted. The function is called for MIME 8 to
852 7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength.
853 To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to
854 a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this
855 limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further.
856 Problem noted by Frank Sheiness.
857 The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for
858 SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g.,
859 DIGEST-MD5. Problem noted by Robert Stampfli.
860 If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase)
861 a df file might have been left behind in the queue.
862 This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O
863 layer made in 8.13.6.
864 Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a
865 Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD
866 distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/
867 Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives",
868 e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen.
869 Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments
870 like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those.
871 Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases
872 to avoid those false positives.
873 If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration
874 error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid
875 files were not removed.
876 If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP
877 parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected. Problem
878 reported by Akihiro Sagawa.
879 Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding
880 bug work-around. Hence if sendmail is linked against
881 either of these versions and compression is available,
882 the padding bug work-around is turned off. Based on
883 patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley.
884 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used
885 blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups,
886 however, that list is no longer available. To avoid
887 further problems, no default value is available anymore,
888 but an argument must be specified.
890 Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c. Patch from
891 Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah.
893 8.13.6/8.13.6 2006/03/22
894 SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server
895 and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O
896 layer and fix problems in that code. Also fix handling of
897 a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an
898 attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of
899 setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals.
900 Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force.
901 Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if
902 the server accepted headers larger than the maximum
903 (signed) integer value. This is prevented in the default
904 configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on
905 most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching
906 those values. Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS.
907 If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start
908 another transaction in a session while sending mail, do
909 not trigger an internal consistency check. Problem found
910 by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
911 If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response
912 to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised
913 STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC
914 2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead
915 of a protocol error (which has been changed to a
916 temporary error in 8.13.5). Problem reported by Jeff
917 A. Earickson of Colby College.
918 Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command. Patch from John
920 Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue
921 for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are
922 processed. Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman.
923 Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to
924 resume a stored TLS session.
925 Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that
926 a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded.
927 Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak.
928 LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition
929 (libmilter.h). Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of
931 LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets.
932 This generates an error message from libmilter on
933 Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the
935 LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return
936 -1 and set errno instead of returning an error code
937 directly. Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations
940 Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2)
941 in NetBSD. Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from
944 8.13.5/8.13.5 2005/09/16
945 Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it
946 exists) in an internal structure instead of the base
947 directory. This structure is used decide whether there
948 is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence
949 without this change queue selection could fail if a df/
950 subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem
951 than the base directory.
952 Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for
953 checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split
954 an envelope across queue groups. Problem found by
956 If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum
957 number of items to process, sort the queue first and
958 then cut the list off instead of the other way around.
959 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
960 Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN. Problem noted by
961 Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
963 FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors.
964 From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
965 When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat
966 it as a temporary error, not as protocol error. Problem
967 noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
968 Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their
969 prototype used static too. Patch from Peter Klein.
970 Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands.
971 LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals
972 zero then do not silently ignore that call. Patch from
973 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
974 LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate
975 the SMTP session with that error. Fix from Brian Kantor.
976 Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS
977 has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid
978 of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the
980 Add support for AIX 5.3.
981 Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11).
982 Add support for Darwin 8.x. Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
983 OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO.
984 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X.
985 Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and
986 GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin).
987 Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
988 Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which
989 was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some
990 broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error.
991 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
992 Some default values in a generated cf file did not match
993 the defaults in the sendmail binary. Problem noted
996 cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4
998 devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x
999 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11
1002 8.13.4/8.13.4 2005/03/27
1003 The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
1004 different error which could result in connections that
1005 stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
1006 properly initialized. Problem noted by Michael Sims.
1007 Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature(). This bug could lead
1008 to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
1009 host. Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
1010 tracked down by Gael Roualland.
1011 Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr(). Problem
1012 found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
1013 If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
1014 owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to
1015 the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
1016 to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
1017 The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
1018 memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
1019 and bounce generation.
1020 Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
1021 in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
1022 for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
1023 Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
1024 down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1025 The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag. Patch from
1026 Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
1027 The socket map did not obey the -f flag. Problem noted by
1028 Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
1029 The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
1030 the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
1031 return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
1032 Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
1033 to avoid a possible segmentation fault. Based on patch
1035 Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
1036 does not assign a value to its output parameter. Based
1037 on patch by Brian Kantor.
1038 Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
1039 to Cyrus SASL version 2). Otherwise an SMTP session might
1040 be dropped after an AUTH failure.
1042 Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
1043 "long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
1044 AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode. Note: this has to be set
1045 "by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
1046 Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
1047 Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x. This should
1048 fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
1049 Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
1050 University of Bremen.
1056 8.13.3/8.13.3 2005/01/11
1057 Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
1059 Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
1060 due to a 421 error. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
1061 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1062 Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
1063 closing a connection. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
1064 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1065 Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
1066 next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
1067 connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
1068 SMTP reply code. Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
1070 8.13.2/8.13.2 2004/12/15
1071 Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
1072 buffer size. Previously a part of such a header would
1073 end up in the body of the message. Problem noted by
1074 Simple Nomad of BindView.
1075 Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
1076 headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
1077 Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
1078 If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
1079 message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
1080 messages on that connection. This prevents bogus "Bad
1081 file number" recipient status. Problem noted by
1082 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1083 Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
1084 2821. Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
1085 Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
1086 for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
1087 Cyrus IMAP lmtp server. Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
1088 When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
1089 them off at a comma. Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
1090 Add more logging to milter change header functions to
1091 complement existing logging. Based on patch from
1092 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1093 Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
1094 Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
1095 Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
1096 to a hostname for use with SASL. Problem noted by Ken Jones;
1097 patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
1098 CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
1099 mailer. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1100 LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
1101 xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
1102 Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
1103 LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
1104 different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
1105 Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
1106 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem
1107 noted by Nelson Fung.
1108 MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
1109 mail.local. Problem noted by William Park.
1110 VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem noted
1113 Add support for DragonFly BSD.
1115 cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
1116 devtools/OS/DragonFly
1117 include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
1121 8.13.1/8.13.1 2004/07/30
1122 Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
1123 objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
1124 alias expansion. Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
1125 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
1126 Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
1127 (partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1128 Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
1129 but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
1130 smaller than the size of the memory buffer. Problem noted
1132 Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
1133 but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
1134 a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
1135 verification would always fail. Problem noted by Al Smith.
1136 Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
1137 the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
1138 Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
1139 ${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
1140 Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
1141 CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
1142 FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
1143 use the access map. Note: if no default value is given
1144 for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
1145 FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
1146 Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
1148 CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
1149 is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
1151 Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code. Problem
1152 noted by Geoff Adams.
1153 NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3). Patch from Andrew Brown.
1154 NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
1155 a system. Patch from Andrew Brown.
1156 Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
1157 incompatibilities with various *roff related
1158 tools. Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
1162 8.13.0/8.13.0 2004/06/20
1163 Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
1164 information. See also cf/README about MSP and the section
1165 "Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
1166 Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1168 Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
1169 and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
1170 of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1171 Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
1172 by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
1173 Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
1174 specifications in an LDAP map definition. This allows
1175 LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
1176 URL which will in turn be queried. See the ``LDAP
1177 Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
1178 Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
1179 Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
1180 (O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
1181 include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
1182 See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
1183 of cf/README for more information.
1184 New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
1185 LDAP API/protocol version to use. The default depends on
1187 New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
1188 LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
1189 and -p port. This also allows for the use of LDAP over
1190 SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
1191 library supports it.
1192 New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
1193 ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
1194 If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
1195 during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
1196 done for too many bad SMTP commands.
1197 Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
1198 maintains the number of incoming connections per client
1199 IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
1200 {total_rate}, respectively. These macros can be used
1201 in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
1202 A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
1203 determines the length of the interval for which the
1204 number of connections is stored. Based on patch from
1205 Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
1206 Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
1207 send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
1208 If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
1209 FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
1210 amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
1211 greeting. If any traffic is received before then, a 554
1212 SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
1213 during that connection.
1214 If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
1215 server could sleep for a very long time. Fix based on
1216 patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
1217 Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
1218 number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
1219 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
1220 Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
1221 misinterpret it as a permanent error.
1222 New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
1223 all milters accepted the mail. This can increase
1224 performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
1225 body scans. Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
1226 New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
1227 header, whether provided by the client or generated by
1229 New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
1230 connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
1231 Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
1233 sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits. This was done
1234 to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
1235 scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
1236 runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
1237 pid no longer existing. See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
1238 for a discussion of the implications of this, including
1239 how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
1240 the old behavior. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1241 Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
1242 filter list specified in InputMailFilters. The filters
1243 can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
1244 Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'. If
1245 your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
1246 add those names to class 'w' yourself. Problem noted
1248 Support message quarantining in the mail queue. Quarantined
1249 messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
1250 unless specifically requested with -qQ. Quarantined queue
1251 files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
1252 The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
1253 or run. -qQ operates on quarantined queue items. -qL
1254 operates on lost queue items.
1255 Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
1256 quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
1257 quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
1258 given text. Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
1259 quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
1261 Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
1262 new -Q option. See doc/op/op.me for more information.
1263 When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
1264 quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
1266 A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
1267 to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
1268 header check rulesets. The $: of the mailer triplet will
1269 be used for the quarantine reason.
1270 Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
1271 Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
1272 message if it is quarantined.
1273 New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
1274 or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
1275 See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
1276 socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
1277 Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
1278 Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
1279 lookup for the client IP address. Note: this is the same
1280 as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
1281 Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
1282 recipients received so far in a transaction.
1283 Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
1284 DNS entries. See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr'). Problem
1285 noted by Kai Schlichting.
1286 Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
1287 headers (turn them into DSNs). Delivery-Receipt-To: is
1288 apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
1289 Enable connection caching for LPC mailers. Patch from Christophe
1290 Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
1291 Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
1292 Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2. From Kenneth Murchison of
1294 Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
1295 support mutual authentication. From Kenneth Murchison of
1297 Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
1298 The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
1299 format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
1300 problems with parsing them. Problem noted by Pierangelo
1301 Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
1302 New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
1303 passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from Gary Mills
1304 of the University of Manitoba.
1305 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
1306 successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
1307 EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
1309 Add basic support for certificate revocation lists. Note: if a
1310 CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
1311 is disabled. Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
1312 Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
1313 DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
1314 Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
1315 runner. Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1316 Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
1317 overwrite each other's pid files.
1318 Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
1319 {cert_issuer} from 128 to 256. Requested by Christophe
1320 Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1321 Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
1322 LogLevel 12 or higher.
1323 If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
1324 try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
1325 to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
1326 it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
1327 MTA. Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
1328 If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
1329 by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
1330 to high load, log this information. Patch from John Beck
1331 of Sun Microsystems.
1332 Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
1333 CheckpointInterval on the command line.
1334 New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
1335 subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
1336 New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
1337 Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1338 Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default. To turn
1339 it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
1340 An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
1341 causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
1342 discarded. This also caused milter callbacks to be called
1343 out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
1344 New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
1345 REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. See sendmail/README for
1346 further information.
1347 New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
1348 the indicated log file instead of stdout.
1349 Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
1350 queue return and warning times for delivery status
1352 New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
1354 Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
1355 to enable/disable certain features in the server per
1356 connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
1357 Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
1358 for DaemonPortOptions.
1359 Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
1360 trying to canonify hostnames. Suggested by Neil Rickert
1361 of Northern Illinois University.
1362 Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
1363 be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks. This
1364 is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
1365 view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
1366 outside). From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1367 Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
1368 handshake. Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1369 Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead. Patch from
1370 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1371 libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
1372 then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100. Patch from Mark Roth
1373 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1374 Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
1375 applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1376 New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
1377 i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
1378 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
1379 If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
1380 terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
1381 Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
1383 Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write. To enable this in 8.13
1384 compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
1385 Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
1386 the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
1387 parentheses, and angle brackets. Based on patch from
1389 Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
1390 angle brackets when reading in rulesets. This allows
1391 rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
1392 that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
1393 Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
1394 Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
1395 some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
1396 Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
1397 sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
1399 Two new compile options have been added:
1400 HASCLOSEFROM System has closefrom(3).
1401 HASFDWALK System has fdwalk(3).
1402 Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1403 The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
1404 change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
1405 it. Be sure to update other sendmail related
1406 programs to match locking techniques.
1407 New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
1408 if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
1409 Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
1410 UNICOS. Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
1411 Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
1412 Center for Scientific Computing.
1413 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1414 Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1415 Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
1416 Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
1417 Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
1418 major()/minor() definitions. Based on feedback
1419 from Mark Funkenhauser.
1420 CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
1421 for maps via new attributes. See the ``USING LDAP FOR
1422 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
1423 cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
1424 CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
1425 is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
1426 Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
1427 of Northern Illinois University.
1428 CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
1429 instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
1430 the message using the given reason.
1431 CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
1432 instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
1433 DNS records than just A.
1434 CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
1435 length of the interval for which the number of incoming
1436 connections is maintained.
1437 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
1438 rate control for individual hosts or nets.
1439 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
1440 number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
1441 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
1442 slamming protection described above. The feature can
1443 take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
1444 use the access database to look the pause time based on
1445 client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
1446 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
1447 $&{client_ptr} as its first argument. This is useful for
1448 rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
1449 which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
1450 versions when delay_checks was not in use. See also entry
1451 above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
1452 CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
1453 interval when refusing connections for this long.
1454 CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
1455 this requires a change in a mc file. Requested by
1456 Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
1457 CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
1458 that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from
1459 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1460 CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
1461 to follow the naming conventions.
1462 CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
1464 CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
1466 CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
1467 time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
1468 CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
1469 cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
1471 CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
1472 to control queue return and warning times for delivery
1473 status notifications.
1474 CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
1475 CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
1476 file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
1477 Patch from Richard Rognlie.
1478 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
1479 Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
1481 CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
1482 option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
1483 use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1484 CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
1485 certificate revocations lists.
1486 CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
1487 FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
1488 MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
1489 in LDAP. See cf/README for more information.
1490 CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1491 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
1492 lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match. See cf/README
1493 for more information.
1494 CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1495 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
1496 or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
1497 reached. See cf/README for more information. Based on
1498 patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
1499 CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
1500 CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
1501 Message-Id: header format. Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
1502 of LifeLine Networks.
1503 CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR. From
1505 CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
1506 Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
1507 DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
1508 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1509 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
1510 filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
1511 Filters which use this function must include the
1512 SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
1513 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
1514 will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
1515 LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
1516 named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
1517 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
1518 to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
1519 resetting the timeout.
1520 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
1521 to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
1522 failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
1523 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
1524 filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
1525 LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
1526 them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
1527 Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
1528 LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
1529 docs/sample.html. Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
1530 LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
1531 Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
1532 LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg(). Patches
1533 from Bryan Costales.
1534 LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
1535 poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
1536 LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
1537 amendments to support header insertion operations.
1538 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
1539 mail.local/README. Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1540 Informations Services.
1541 MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
1542 MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
1544 VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
1545 whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
1547 VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
1548 for the auto-response message.
1551 cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
1552 cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
1553 cf/feature/mtamark.m4
1554 cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
1555 cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
1557 cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
1558 cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
1559 contrib/socketmapClient.pl
1560 contrib/socketmapServer.pl
1561 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1562 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
1563 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
1564 devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
1565 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
1566 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
1567 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
1568 libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
1569 libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
1570 libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
1571 libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
1572 libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
1573 libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
1577 contrib/oldbind.compat.c
1578 devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
1579 devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
1582 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
1584 8.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18
1585 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a
1586 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed
1587 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
1588 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
1589 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
1590 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
1592 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
1593 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
1594 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1595 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
1596 whose process id is the same as that of the initial
1597 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
1598 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1599 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
1600 recipient address also against the printable addresses
1601 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
1602 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
1603 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
1604 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
1605 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland.
1606 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
1607 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1608 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
1609 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some
1610 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
1611 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
1612 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper
1613 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
1614 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
1615 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
1616 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1617 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
1618 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
1619 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
1620 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
1621 then a possible race condition for creating qf files
1622 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not
1623 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
1624 external application that accesses qf files.
1625 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
1626 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
1627 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
1628 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang
1630 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
1631 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only
1632 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
1633 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
1636 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1637 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
1639 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
1640 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
1641 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
1642 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
1644 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1646 8.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
1647 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem
1648 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
1649 of Courtesan Consulting.
1650 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem
1651 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
1652 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
1653 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
1654 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
1655 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
1656 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
1657 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
1658 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
1659 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1660 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
1661 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
1662 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
1663 transactions for broken clients which do not properly
1664 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
1665 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
1666 Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
1667 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
1668 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
1669 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by
1670 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
1671 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
1672 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from
1673 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
1674 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
1675 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
1676 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
1677 to make sure they match.
1678 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
1680 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
1681 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by
1683 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
1684 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by
1686 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch
1687 from Jerome Borsboom.
1688 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
1689 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from
1690 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
1691 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
1692 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
1693 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
1694 after the close() and before the truncate().
1695 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
1696 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
1697 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
1699 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
1700 of Washington for providing access to a computer
1702 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from
1703 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1704 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
1705 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker
1707 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on
1708 your Linux distribution, compile with
1709 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
1713 8.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29
1714 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
1715 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
1716 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1717 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
1718 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
1720 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
1721 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
1722 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
1723 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
1724 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
1725 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
1726 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
1727 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
1728 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
1729 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
1730 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
1731 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted
1732 by Derek Wueppelmann.
1733 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
1734 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
1736 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
1737 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by
1738 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
1739 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
1740 Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1741 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
1742 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
1743 text file instead of the database map.
1745 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
1746 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
1747 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
1748 in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
1750 8.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11
1751 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
1752 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
1753 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
1755 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
1756 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
1757 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
1758 Stanford University Compilation Group.
1759 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
1760 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos.
1761 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
1762 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
1763 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
1764 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
1765 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
1766 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
1767 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
1768 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1770 8.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29
1771 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
1772 across various connections. This could cause session
1773 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
1774 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
1775 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
1776 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP
1777 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found
1778 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1779 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
1780 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by
1782 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
1783 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
1785 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem
1786 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1787 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
1788 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
1789 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some
1790 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
1791 Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
1792 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by
1793 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
1794 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
1796 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
1797 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
1798 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
1799 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
1800 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
1801 to be run even if Runners=0.
1802 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
1803 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
1804 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1805 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
1806 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
1807 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by
1808 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1809 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
1810 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
1811 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted
1812 by John Majikes of IBM.
1813 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
1814 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
1815 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
1816 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil
1817 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1818 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
1819 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
1820 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
1821 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem
1822 noted by Matthias Andree.
1823 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
1824 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland.
1826 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
1827 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
1828 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
1829 an argument, hence the builtin version of
1830 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden
1831 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by
1832 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1833 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
1834 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1835 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
1836 of the TrustedBSD Project.
1837 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
1838 system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
1839 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
1840 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
1842 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
1843 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
1844 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
1845 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
1846 DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
1847 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
1848 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
1849 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
1850 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
1851 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
1852 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
1854 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
1855 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
1856 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
1857 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1858 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
1859 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
1861 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
1863 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
1864 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
1865 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
1866 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1867 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
1868 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
1869 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1870 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
1871 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
1873 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
1874 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1875 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
1876 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
1882 8.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26
1883 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
1884 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
1885 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
1886 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
1887 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
1888 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
1889 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1890 Courtesan Consulting.
1891 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
1892 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem
1893 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1894 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
1895 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
1896 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1897 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
1898 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
1899 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff
1900 Earickson of Colby College.
1901 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
1902 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of
1903 Courtesan Consulting.
1904 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
1905 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
1906 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
1907 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz
1908 Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
1909 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
1911 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
1912 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
1913 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
1914 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
1915 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This
1916 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
1917 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil
1918 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1919 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
1920 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
1921 supposed for addresses on the header content.
1922 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
1924 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
1925 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on
1926 fix from Scott Walters.
1927 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1928 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
1929 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1930 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
1931 NETISO support has been dropped.
1932 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
1933 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
1934 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
1935 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to
1936 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
1937 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
1938 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this
1939 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
1940 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
1941 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
1942 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original
1943 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
1944 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
1945 Stefaan Van Hoornick.
1946 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
1947 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
1948 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1950 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
1951 Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1952 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
1953 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1954 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
1955 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1956 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based
1957 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1958 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1962 8.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25
1963 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
1964 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
1965 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the
1966 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
1967 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by
1968 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
1969 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
1970 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
1971 with rogue DNS servers.
1972 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted
1974 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
1975 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan
1977 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
1978 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
1979 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1980 Polytechnic Institute.
1981 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
1982 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
1984 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
1985 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
1986 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin
1987 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
1988 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless
1989 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
1990 8.13 will change the default locking method to
1991 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may
1992 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
1993 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail
1994 related programs to match locking techniques.
1996 8.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03
1997 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
1998 can leave systems open to a local denial of service
1999 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
2000 section of the top level README for more information.
2001 Problem noted by lumpy.
2002 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
2004 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
2005 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
2006 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
2007 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2008 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2010 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted
2011 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
2012 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
2013 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
2014 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas
2016 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
2017 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches
2018 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2019 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
2020 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
2021 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on
2022 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
2023 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
2024 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke.
2025 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested
2026 by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
2027 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2029 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
2030 user who started sendmail.
2031 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
2032 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested
2033 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
2034 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
2035 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
2036 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
2037 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
2038 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
2040 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
2041 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
2042 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
2043 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
2044 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
2045 Charles University in Prague.
2046 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
2048 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
2049 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
2050 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
2051 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
2052 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
2053 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
2054 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
2055 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
2056 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to
2057 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
2058 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem
2059 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
2060 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
2061 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem
2062 noted by Bryan Costales.
2063 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
2064 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip.
2065 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested
2066 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
2067 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by
2068 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2069 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
2071 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
2072 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
2073 installing the sendmail statistics file.
2074 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
2075 a user's filter starts other applications.
2076 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
2077 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
2078 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
2079 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
2080 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
2081 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
2082 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
2083 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
2084 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem
2085 noted by Bryan Costales.
2087 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
2089 8.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05
2090 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
2091 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail
2092 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
2093 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
2094 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken
2095 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
2096 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
2097 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence
2098 queue files should not be moved unless those internals
2099 are understood and the integrity of the files is not
2100 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
2102 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
2103 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
2104 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
2105 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
2107 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
2108 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
2109 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
2110 Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
2111 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
2112 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
2114 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem
2115 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
2116 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
2117 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2118 Northern Illinois University.
2119 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
2120 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
2122 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
2123 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2124 Polytechnic Institute.
2125 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
2126 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
2127 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
2128 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
2129 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
2130 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
2131 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
2132 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2133 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on
2134 patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2135 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
2137 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
2138 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
2139 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
2140 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
2141 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2142 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
2143 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas
2144 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
2145 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
2146 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon
2147 Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
2148 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
2149 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
2150 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett
2151 of Concordia University.
2152 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem
2153 found by Mario Nigrovic.
2154 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
2155 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the
2156 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
2157 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
2158 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
2159 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark
2161 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
2162 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
2163 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
2164 total number of TCP connections.
2165 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
2166 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
2167 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
2168 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
2169 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
2170 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2171 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2173 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
2175 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
2176 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on
2177 patch by Bryan Costales.
2178 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
2179 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
2180 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
2181 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
2182 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a
2183 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
2184 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher
2185 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
2186 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
2187 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2188 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
2189 which drop the connection instead of responding to the
2192 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
2194 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform
2195 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
2196 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
2198 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem
2200 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
2201 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From
2202 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
2203 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
2204 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in
2205 8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
2206 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2207 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2209 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
2210 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by
2212 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
2213 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
2214 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
2215 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip.
2216 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
2217 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
2218 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
2219 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
2220 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by
2221 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
2222 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
2223 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise
2224 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
2225 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
2226 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
2227 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
2228 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
2229 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2230 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
2231 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem
2233 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
2234 if queue groups are used.
2235 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
2236 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
2237 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
2238 Suggested by Bryan Costales.
2239 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
2240 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
2241 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice:
2242 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
2243 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
2244 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
2245 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
2246 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
2247 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the
2248 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
2249 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
2250 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
2251 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
2252 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set
2253 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
2255 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2256 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2257 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem
2258 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
2259 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based
2260 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
2262 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
2263 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by
2266 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
2268 8.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13
2269 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
2270 at startup, only log an error message.
2271 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
2272 following -b) has been specified.
2273 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
2274 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted
2275 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2276 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
2277 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
2279 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
2280 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
2281 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
2282 Institute of Mining and Technology.
2283 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
2284 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2285 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2286 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
2287 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
2288 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2289 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
2290 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
2291 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
2292 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
2293 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal
2295 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by
2296 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
2298 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
2299 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
2300 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2301 Meteorological Institute.
2302 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
2303 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
2305 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
2306 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
2307 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
2308 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
2309 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
2310 types, respectively.
2311 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
2312 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
2314 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
2315 alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
2316 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2317 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
2318 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2319 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
2320 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
2321 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
2322 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
2324 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell
2325 of Sun Microsystems.
2326 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
2327 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
2328 with servers that do not support realms when using
2329 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
2330 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
2331 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem
2332 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2333 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
2334 command line invocations log them to make it simpler
2335 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
2336 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
2337 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
2338 instead of forcing localhost.
2339 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
2340 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
2341 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem
2342 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2343 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
2344 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
2345 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
2346 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2347 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2348 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
2349 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
2350 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of
2351 Compaq Computer Corp.
2352 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
2353 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
2356 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on
2357 patch provided by HP.
2358 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
2359 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke.
2360 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu
2362 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
2363 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This
2364 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
2365 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem
2366 noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
2367 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted
2368 by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
2369 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port
2370 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2371 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
2372 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README
2373 for more information. From Mark Bixby of
2375 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
2376 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
2377 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2378 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of
2380 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota
2381 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
2382 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
2383 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2384 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
2385 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of
2386 FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
2387 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
2388 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2389 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
2390 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
2392 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by
2394 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
2395 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of
2397 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
2398 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
2400 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
2401 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2403 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman.
2404 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
2405 to free memory twice.
2406 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
2407 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
2408 of Sun Microsystems.
2409 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
2410 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
2411 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
2412 University of Athens.
2414 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
2415 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
2416 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
2420 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
2423 8.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01
2424 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
2425 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
2426 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for
2427 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem
2428 found by Michal Zalewski.
2429 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
2430 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
2431 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
2432 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
2433 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
2434 Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2435 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
2436 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
2437 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
2438 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
2439 values for configuration file and pid file but also the
2440 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
2441 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
2442 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
2443 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously
2444 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem
2445 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
2446 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2447 canonical name for a host.
2448 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
2449 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission
2450 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on
2451 suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
2453 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
2454 `uname` does not given complete information.
2455 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
2457 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
2458 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
2459 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
2460 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
2461 Courtesan Consulting.
2462 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
2463 problems with potential misconfigurations.
2464 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem
2465 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
2466 Technology Organisation of Australia.
2467 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
2468 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
2470 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by
2471 Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
2472 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted
2473 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2474 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2476 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2477 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
2478 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2488 include/sm/sysstat.h
2490 8.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08
2491 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
2492 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and
2493 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
2494 default). The installation process tries to install
2495 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
2496 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
2497 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
2498 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely
2499 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
2501 GroupWritableForwardFile
2502 WorldWritableForwardFile
2503 GroupWritableIncludeFile
2504 WorldWritableIncludeFile
2505 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
2506 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested
2507 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2509 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
2510 point where the variable could become overused for more than
2511 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in
2512 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now
2513 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
2514 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
2515 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
2516 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a
2517 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
2518 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details
2519 see sendmail/SECURITY.
2520 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
2521 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2522 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
2523 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See
2525 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
2526 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
2527 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY.
2528 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
2529 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
2530 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection
2531 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
2532 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY.
2533 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX
2534 command has been removed.
2535 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off
2536 at compile time or per host (ruleset).
2537 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
2538 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
2539 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database
2540 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
2541 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
2542 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with
2543 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
2545 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
2546 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders
2547 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
2548 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
2549 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The
2550 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
2551 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
2552 creation rather than just before delivery.
2553 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous
2554 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
2555 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching
2556 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
2557 preference matches (coattail).
2558 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
2559 try other MX hosts if available.
2560 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
2561 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
2562 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
2563 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based
2564 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2565 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
2566 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
2567 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
2568 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
2569 removed in future versions.
2570 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
2571 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
2572 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
2573 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See
2574 doc/op/op.me for details.
2575 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
2576 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
2577 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
2578 of the presented certificate, respectively.
2579 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
2580 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
2581 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
2582 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
2583 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
2584 enough on a per recipient basis.
2585 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
2587 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
2589 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
2590 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
2591 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
2592 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2593 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
2594 really required. This change results in a noticable
2595 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared
2596 memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
2597 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
2598 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details.
2599 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
2600 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
2601 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
2602 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the
2603 command line, then the value also limits the number of
2604 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
2605 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
2607 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
2608 system each queue directory resides in.
2609 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
2610 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
2611 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work
2612 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
2613 collected together) to process the same work list at the
2615 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
2616 active queue runner processes.
2617 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
2618 runners per queue group.
2619 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
2620 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
2621 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
2622 of the queue that match during processing.
2623 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
2624 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
2625 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
2626 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
2627 persistent queue runner.
2628 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
2629 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
2631 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners.
2632 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2633 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
2634 unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
2635 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
2636 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
2637 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
2638 of the qf file (older entries first).
2639 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
2640 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
2641 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the
2642 minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
2643 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
2644 not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
2645 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed
2646 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
2647 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
2648 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
2649 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
2650 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old
2651 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
2652 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2653 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
2654 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
2655 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system
2656 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for
2658 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
2659 the number of entries in the queue(s).
2660 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README
2661 and the usual documentation for details.
2662 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
2663 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
2665 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead.
2666 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
2667 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by
2668 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2669 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
2670 -r (number of retries).
2671 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
2672 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
2673 and value separated by the given separator.
2674 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
2676 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
2677 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
2678 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
2679 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
2680 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
2681 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is
2682 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
2683 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
2684 filenames with spaces).
2685 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
2686 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
2687 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
2688 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection.
2689 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection.
2690 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
2691 to the loopback net.
2692 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
2693 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from
2694 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
2695 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
2696 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
2697 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
2698 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
2699 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
2700 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
2701 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
2703 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
2704 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not
2705 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0
2706 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
2707 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
2708 load average is exceeded.
2709 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
2710 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
2711 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
2712 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
2713 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2714 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
2715 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
2716 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC]
2718 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
2719 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead.
2720 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
2721 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the
2722 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2723 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
2724 for direct (command line) submissions.
2725 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
2726 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
2727 Hagino of the KAME Project.
2728 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
2729 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
2730 Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
2731 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
2732 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
2733 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
2734 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
2735 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
2737 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
2738 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
2739 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
2740 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
2741 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
2742 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
2743 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
2744 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl
2745 of the Universitat Regensburg.
2746 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
2747 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
2748 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
2749 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
2750 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil.
2751 See libsm/index.html for details.
2752 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
2753 care of by fork() and exit().
2754 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for
2755 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
2756 new and old (from new libsm).
2757 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
2758 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
2759 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
2760 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
2761 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
2762 synchronizations calls.
2763 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
2764 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
2765 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
2766 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
2767 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
2768 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
2770 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
2771 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs
2772 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
2773 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2774 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
2775 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
2776 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2777 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
2778 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent
2779 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
2780 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
2781 then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
2782 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
2783 degli Studi dell'Insubria.
2784 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
2785 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
2786 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
2787 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2788 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When
2789 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
2790 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
2791 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
2792 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
2793 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
2795 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem
2796 noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
2797 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
2798 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
2800 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
2801 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
2802 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
2804 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If
2805 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
2806 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
2807 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This
2808 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me
2809 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be
2810 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
2811 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
2812 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
2814 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
2815 the default schema used in the above two items.
2816 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
2817 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2818 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
2819 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
2820 if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2821 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
2822 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
2823 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
2824 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the
2825 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
2826 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
2827 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
2829 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
2830 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
2831 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect
2832 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of
2833 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
2834 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori
2835 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2836 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
2837 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
2838 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
2839 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v
2840 (verbose) command line option.
2841 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
2842 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
2843 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
2844 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2845 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
2846 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of
2847 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2848 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group
2849 can be specified using the '#' option character. For
2850 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
2851 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
2852 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
2853 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
2855 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
2856 because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
2857 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
2858 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
2859 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
2861 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map
2863 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
2864 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example,
2865 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
2866 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
2867 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
2868 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run.
2869 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
2870 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick
2872 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
2873 many "light weight" commands have been received are now
2874 configurable during compile time. The current values and
2876 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands
2877 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
2878 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
2879 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
2880 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
2881 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan
2882 Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2883 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
2884 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
2885 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
2886 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2887 Meteorological Institute.
2888 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
2889 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
2890 which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
2891 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
2892 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
2893 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2894 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
2895 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
2896 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be
2897 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
2898 See sendmail/README for further information.
2899 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
2900 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by
2901 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
2902 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
2903 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2904 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2905 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix
2906 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
2907 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
2908 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
2911 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
2912 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by
2913 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2914 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
2915 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
2916 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
2917 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch
2918 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
2919 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2920 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
2921 Solaris 8 and later.
2922 Add support for OpenUNIX.
2923 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
2924 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
2925 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
2926 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
2927 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
2928 temporary lookup failures.
2929 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
2930 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
2932 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
2933 relay address as long as the other part allows the email
2935 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
2936 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
2937 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by
2938 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
2939 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
2940 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
2941 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
2942 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
2943 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
2944 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
2945 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
2946 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2947 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
2948 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
2949 terminates check_* ruleset checking.
2950 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
2951 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
2952 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
2953 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
2954 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
2955 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
2956 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
2957 specification of whole domains instead of just users.
2958 Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
2959 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2960 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
2961 cf/README for details.
2962 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
2963 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
2964 University of Maryland.
2965 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
2966 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
2967 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
2968 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
2969 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
2970 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
2971 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
2972 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
2974 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
2975 options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
2976 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
2977 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
2978 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
2980 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
2981 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
2982 See cf/README for details.
2983 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
2984 temporary lookup failures.
2985 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
2986 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
2987 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
2989 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
2990 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
2991 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
2992 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias
2993 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
2994 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
2995 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2996 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
2997 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2998 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
2999 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
3000 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
3001 +detail portion of the address when passing address to
3002 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail
3003 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this.
3004 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
3005 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
3006 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
3007 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
3008 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for
3010 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
3011 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
3012 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more
3014 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
3015 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based
3016 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
3017 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
3018 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject
3019 recipients as user unknown.
3020 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
3021 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
3022 section of cf/README for more information.
3023 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
3024 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
3025 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
3026 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
3027 which takes the options as argument and can be used
3028 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
3029 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
3030 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle
3031 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers
3032 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase
3033 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren
3034 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue
3035 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun
3036 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode
3037 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit
3038 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions
3039 See above (and related documentation) for further information.
3040 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
3041 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect
3042 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth
3043 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo
3044 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls
3045 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
3046 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters
3047 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel
3048 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect
3049 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo
3050 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom
3051 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt
3052 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
3053 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
3054 doc/op/op.me for details.
3055 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
3056 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori
3057 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3058 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
3060 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
3061 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
3062 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
3063 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
3064 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For
3065 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
3066 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
3067 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
3068 This affects the access database as well as the
3069 relay-domains and local-host-names files.
3070 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
3071 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
3072 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
3073 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
3074 Mississippi State University.
3075 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
3076 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
3077 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
3078 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
3079 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3080 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
3081 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
3082 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
3083 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
3084 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
3085 systems which don't include cat directories.
3086 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
3087 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
3088 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the
3089 mailbox database type.
3090 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
3091 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
3092 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on
3093 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
3094 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
3095 doesn't truncate the statistics file.
3096 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
3097 instead of white space.
3098 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
3099 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3100 Meteorological Institute.
3101 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
3102 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
3103 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
3104 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
3106 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
3107 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used
3108 to specify the database and message file since there is no
3109 home directory for the default settings for these options.
3110 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
3111 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
3112 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which
3113 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
3120 cf/feature/authinfo.m4
3121 cf/feature/compat_check.m4
3122 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
3124 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
3125 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
3126 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
3127 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
3128 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
3130 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
3131 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
3132 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
3143 sendmail/sm_resolve.c
3144 sendmail/sm_resolve.h
3150 include/sendmail/cdefs.h
3151 include/sendmail/errstring.h
3152 include/sendmail/useful.h
3153 libsmutil/errstring.c
3154 sendmail/bf_portable.c
3155 sendmail/bf_portable.h
3160 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
3161 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
3162 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
3164 8.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29
3165 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
3166 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
3167 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
3169 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
3170 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
3171 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
3172 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
3173 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
3175 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
3176 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
3177 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
3178 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
3179 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
3180 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
3181 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
3182 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
3183 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
3184 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
3185 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
3186 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
3187 across various connections. This could cause session
3188 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
3189 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
3190 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
3191 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
3192 canonical name for a host.
3193 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
3194 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
3196 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
3197 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
3198 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3199 Polytechnic Institute.
3200 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
3201 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
3203 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
3204 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
3206 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
3207 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
3209 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
3210 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
3211 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
3213 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
3214 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
3215 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
3216 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
3217 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
3218 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
3219 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
3221 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
3222 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
3225 8.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20
3226 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
3227 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by
3228 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
3229 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could
3230 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
3231 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
3232 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem
3233 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
3234 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
3235 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by
3237 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem
3238 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
3240 8.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31
3241 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
3242 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without
3243 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
3244 of SE Netway Communications.
3245 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
3246 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
3247 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
3248 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
3249 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim
3250 Bosserman of EarthLink.
3251 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
3252 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
3253 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
3254 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
3255 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
3257 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by
3258 Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
3259 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
3260 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
3261 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
3262 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
3263 University at Albany.
3264 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
3265 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3266 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
3267 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
3268 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
3269 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
3271 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem
3272 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
3273 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
3274 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
3275 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
3276 2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
3277 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian
3278 Hagedorn of Cologne University.
3279 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
3280 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
3282 8.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28
3283 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
3284 corruption and other potential race conditions.
3285 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
3286 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can
3287 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by
3288 Michal Zalewski of BindView.
3289 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
3290 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
3291 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
3292 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
3293 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
3294 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
3295 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch
3297 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
3298 QueueDirectory wildcards.
3299 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
3300 the same map again while exiting.
3301 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
3302 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
3304 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
3305 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
3306 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
3307 Oklahoma State University.
3308 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
3309 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
3310 InTouch Systems, Inc.
3311 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
3312 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
3313 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of
3315 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
3316 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil
3317 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3318 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch
3319 from Werner Wiethege.
3320 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
3321 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley.
3322 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
3323 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
3324 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
3326 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich
3327 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
3328 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by
3329 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3331 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
3332 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
3333 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
3334 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
3335 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
3336 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3337 Meteorological Institute.
3338 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
3339 since it generates random process ids.
3340 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
3341 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
3342 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3344 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
3346 8.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27
3347 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
3348 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
3349 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
3350 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3351 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
3352 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
3353 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
3354 communications consulting gmbh.
3355 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
3356 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3357 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
3358 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
3359 connection came in from the command line.
3360 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
3361 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from
3362 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3363 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
3364 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
3365 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
3366 when they were committed.
3367 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
3368 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
3369 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
3370 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
3371 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would
3372 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
3373 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
3374 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3376 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
3377 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
3379 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
3380 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
3381 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
3382 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
3384 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
3385 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
3386 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3388 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
3389 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
3390 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the
3391 University of New Brunswick.
3393 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
3394 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally
3395 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
3396 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
3397 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3398 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and
3399 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from
3400 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3401 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
3402 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem
3403 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
3404 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
3405 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
3406 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
3407 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3408 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
3409 storing the temporary message file until after the remote
3410 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem
3411 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3413 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
3414 are also specified on the command line. Patch from
3415 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3416 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
3417 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
3419 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
3421 8.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29
3422 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
3423 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit
3424 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be
3425 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3426 Schools" project (IdS).
3427 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
3428 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
3429 be enabled by compiling with:
3430 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
3431 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by
3432 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3433 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
3434 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
3435 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
3436 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
3437 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
3439 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
3440 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
3441 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
3442 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
3443 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
3444 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
3445 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
3446 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
3448 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
3450 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
3451 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of
3452 the Universitat Regensburg.
3453 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
3454 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
3455 University of Arizona.
3456 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
3457 of Collective Technologies.
3458 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
3459 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
3460 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
3462 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
3463 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3464 Meteorological Institute.
3465 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
3466 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3467 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3468 Meteorological Institute.
3469 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all
3470 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
3471 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis
3472 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3473 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
3474 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
3475 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
3476 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
3477 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
3478 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
3479 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
3480 overall connections, not the number of connections per
3481 socket. A future version may change this to per socket
3484 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
3485 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem
3486 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
3487 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
3488 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
3489 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry
3491 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
3492 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3493 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
3494 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes
3496 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by
3497 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3498 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
3500 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
3501 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
3502 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3503 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
3504 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
3505 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
3506 implicitly assume canonical host names.
3507 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on
3508 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3509 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
3511 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
3512 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori
3513 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3514 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
3515 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted
3516 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
3518 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark
3519 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3520 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
3521 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
3522 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
3523 of Kyoto University.
3524 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It
3525 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
3526 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
3527 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future
3529 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
3530 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3531 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3532 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
3533 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
3537 contrib/buildvirtuser
3540 8.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27
3541 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
3542 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3543 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
3544 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without
3545 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
3546 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
3547 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3548 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
3550 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
3551 process may close the connection before the child process
3552 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
3553 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
3554 Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3555 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
3556 read the LDAP secret from a file.
3557 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
3558 the user submits the message and before the first delivery
3559 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
3560 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3561 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
3562 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
3564 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
3565 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
3566 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by
3567 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3568 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem
3569 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3570 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
3571 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G.
3572 Fournier of Acadia University.
3573 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
3574 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are
3575 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
3576 one of the others may be able to take over.
3577 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
3578 previous load average query result.
3579 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
3580 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
3581 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E
3582 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3583 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
3584 the split envelopes before the original envelope.
3585 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
3586 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark
3587 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3588 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
3589 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
3590 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
3591 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem
3592 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
3593 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem
3594 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
3595 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
3596 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
3597 University of British Columbia.
3599 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
3600 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
3601 override the setting. Suggested by
3602 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
3603 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
3604 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From
3605 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
3606 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
3607 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3609 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From
3611 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From
3612 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
3613 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file
3614 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John
3615 Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3616 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
3617 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
3619 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
3620 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
3621 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
3622 errors in the MAIL address.
3623 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem
3624 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
3625 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
3626 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3627 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
3628 GECOS information for an address. This more closely
3629 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of
3631 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
3632 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
3633 mailer as described in cf/README.
3634 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
3635 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
3636 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
3637 makemap to 'unmake' the map.
3638 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
3640 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
3641 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3642 Meteorological Institute.
3643 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
3644 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
3645 dot as the only character on the line.
3647 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
3649 8.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19
3650 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
3651 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still
3652 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
3653 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop
3654 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
3655 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by
3656 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3657 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
3658 it populates. It is possible that some broken
3659 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
3660 Systems in this category should compile with
3661 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
3662 system and report broken implementations to
3663 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem
3664 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
3665 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
3666 Implementation influenced by the example programs of
3667 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
3668 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
3669 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
3670 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in
3671 cf/README and doc/op/op.me.
3672 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
3673 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
3674 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented
3675 in cf/README and doc/op/op.me.
3676 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
3678 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
3679 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
3680 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
3681 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
3682 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim
3684 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
3686 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
3687 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of
3688 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson
3690 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
3691 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
3692 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
3693 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As
3694 documented, unless a family is specified in a
3695 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is
3696 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
3697 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
3698 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
3699 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted
3700 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3701 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
3702 the interface information for an outgoing connection.
3703 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
3704 family and address used in subsequent connections if the
3705 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted
3706 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3707 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
3708 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer
3709 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck
3710 of Sun Microsystems.
3711 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
3712 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
3713 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b
3714 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
3715 the incoming information in the queue file for later
3717 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
3718 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
3720 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
3721 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem
3722 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3723 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
3724 Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
3725 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
3726 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
3727 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem
3728 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3729 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
3730 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per
3731 Hedeland of Ericsson.
3732 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
3733 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
3734 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert
3735 of Northern Illinois University.
3736 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem
3737 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3738 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
3740 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
3741 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
3742 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
3744 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
3745 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
3746 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by
3747 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3748 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
3749 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
3750 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3751 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
3752 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3753 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
3754 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
3755 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
3756 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
3757 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
3758 G. Thomas Consulting.
3759 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
3761 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
3762 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3763 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
3764 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted
3765 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3766 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
3767 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
3768 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
3769 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3770 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
3771 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
3772 University of Mainz.
3773 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
3774 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
3775 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission
3776 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3778 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
3779 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun
3780 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
3781 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
3782 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
3783 work properly causing problems if the accept()
3784 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch
3785 from Tom Moore of NCR.
3786 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From
3787 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
3788 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
3789 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux
3790 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
3791 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
3792 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3793 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
3794 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3795 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3796 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath
3797 confCACERT CACERTFile
3798 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile
3799 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile
3800 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters
3801 confRAND_FILE RandFile
3802 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile
3803 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile
3804 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
3805 tags to the access database to support these policies. See
3806 cf/README for more information.
3807 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
3808 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
3809 called due to a STARTTLS command.
3810 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
3811 instead of temporary.
3812 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
3813 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
3814 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
3816 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
3817 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of
3819 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
3820 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
3821 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
3822 University of Maryland.
3823 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From
3824 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3825 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
3826 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
3827 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
3828 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
3829 of the University of Alberta.
3830 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
3831 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
3832 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
3833 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
3834 of X.509 certificates.
3835 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters;
3836 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
3837 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the
3838 Universitat Regensburg.
3839 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
3840 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3841 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
3842 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3843 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
3844 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3845 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
3846 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
3847 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3848 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
3849 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
3850 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
3851 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
3852 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
3854 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
3855 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
3857 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
3859 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
3860 Denman Tire Corporation.
3861 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
3862 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
3863 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
3864 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
3865 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson.
3866 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of
3867 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
3868 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
3870 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
3871 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
3875 contrib/link_hash.sh
3876 contrib/movemail.conf
3878 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
3881 8.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07
3882 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
3883 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
3884 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
3885 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech
3886 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
3887 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
3888 initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
3892 8.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06
3893 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
3894 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
3895 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not
3896 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
3897 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See
3898 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
3899 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
3900 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
3901 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
3902 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
3903 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch
3904 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3905 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
3906 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on
3907 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3908 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem
3909 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
3910 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
3911 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
3913 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
3914 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
3915 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
3916 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
3917 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3918 Polytechnic Institute.
3919 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
3920 discards the message.
3921 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
3922 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
3923 attempted to the alias.
3924 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
3927 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
3928 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
3929 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult
3930 sendmail/README for further information. Problem
3931 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3932 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles
3933 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
3934 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
3935 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
3936 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
3937 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
3938 from J. P. McCann of E I A.
3939 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
3940 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
3942 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
3943 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of
3944 Courtesan Consulting.
3945 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of
3946 Siemens Business Services.
3947 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
3948 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
3950 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
3951 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
3952 to be backward compatible with 8.9.
3953 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
3954 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
3955 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
3956 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
3958 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
3959 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3960 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
3961 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
3962 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
3964 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
3965 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
3967 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
3968 for other internal projects but included in the open source
3970 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
3971 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
3972 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem
3973 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
3974 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
3975 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
3977 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
3978 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This
3979 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3980 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
3982 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by
3983 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
3984 Northern Illinois University.
3985 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
3986 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
3987 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from
3988 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3989 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
3990 Polytechnique de Montreal.
3991 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
3992 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
3993 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
3995 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
3996 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
3998 contrib/converting.sun.configs
3999 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
4004 8.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01
4005 *************************************************************
4006 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered *
4007 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. *
4008 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering *
4009 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment *
4010 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and *
4011 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died *
4012 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a *
4013 * coach, and a friend. *
4015 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, *
4016 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. *
4017 * Julie, we miss you! *
4018 *************************************************************
4019 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
4020 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
4021 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
4022 symbolic link target.
4023 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
4024 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
4025 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
4026 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
4027 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
4028 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
4029 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and
4030 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
4031 version of sendmail.
4032 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
4033 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted
4034 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
4036 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects
4037 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details.
4038 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
4039 for easier code sharing among the programs.
4040 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose
4041 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
4042 which hold the client's authentication credentials,
4043 the mechanism used for authentication, and the
4044 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
4045 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
4046 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
4047 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
4048 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
4049 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4050 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
4051 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
4052 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4053 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
4054 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
4055 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4056 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
4057 now listen on several different ports. Use:
4058 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
4059 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
4060 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
4061 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
4062 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should
4063 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
4064 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release.
4065 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
4066 indicates that the message being submitted from the command
4067 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means
4068 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
4069 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future
4070 releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
4071 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
4072 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4073 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
4074 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
4075 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
4076 from the command line is an initial user submission and act
4078 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
4079 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
4080 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is
4081 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
4082 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override
4083 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
4084 setting NonRootSafeAddr.
4085 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
4086 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
4087 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
4089 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
4090 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
4091 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many.
4092 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
4093 a control socket request.
4094 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
4096 Timeout.resolver.retrans
4097 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
4098 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4099 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
4100 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4101 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
4102 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
4103 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4104 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
4105 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
4107 Timeout.resolver.retry
4108 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
4109 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4110 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
4111 Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4112 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
4113 query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
4114 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4115 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
4116 query for all resolver lookups except the first
4118 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4119 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply
4120 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For
4121 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
4122 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
4123 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in
4124 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
4125 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate
4126 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
4127 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly
4128 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4129 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
4130 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
4131 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
4132 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue
4133 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
4134 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
4135 Telecommunications Ltd.
4136 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
4137 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned
4138 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be
4139 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com,
4141 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
4142 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
4143 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4144 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
4145 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4146 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This
4147 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
4148 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4149 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
4150 donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
4151 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
4152 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
4153 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
4154 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
4155 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
4156 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
4157 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4158 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
4159 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
4160 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
4162 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
4163 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP
4164 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An
4165 example mailer might be:
4166 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
4167 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
4168 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
4169 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
4170 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC]
4172 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
4173 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
4174 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
4175 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
4176 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
4178 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
4179 body of the original message on delivery status
4181 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted
4182 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
4183 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
4184 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by
4185 Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
4186 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should
4187 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by
4188 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4189 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In
4190 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
4191 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by
4192 Nik Conwell of Boston University.
4193 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik
4194 Conwell of Boston University.
4195 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from
4196 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
4197 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
4198 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
4200 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
4201 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP
4202 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
4203 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
4204 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
4205 similar to check_rcpt etc.
4206 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
4207 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
4208 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
4209 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
4210 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4211 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
4212 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed
4213 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4214 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
4215 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by
4217 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
4218 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
4219 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
4220 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
4222 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
4223 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
4225 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
4226 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
4227 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4228 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
4229 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4230 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
4231 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
4232 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4233 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
4235 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
4236 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
4237 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
4238 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a
4239 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
4240 Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
4241 Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
4242 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
4243 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent
4244 a denial-of-service attack.
4245 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
4246 headers and parameters within those headers. This option
4247 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
4249 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
4251 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
4252 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
4253 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
4254 directly before the newline.
4255 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
4256 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
4257 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the
4258 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
4259 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
4260 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf
4261 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
4262 could not be opened.
4263 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The
4264 value of this option is macro expanded.
4265 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
4266 process title shown in 'ps' listings.
4267 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
4268 (along with the already existing macros):
4269 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g.
4270 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
4271 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
4272 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
4273 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
4274 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25
4275 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
4276 New macros especially for virtual hosting:
4277 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection.
4278 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection.
4279 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
4281 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
4282 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
4283 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
4284 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
4285 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
4286 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by
4287 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4288 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
4289 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This
4290 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
4291 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan
4292 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4293 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
4294 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
4295 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
4296 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the
4297 input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
4298 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4299 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
4300 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of
4302 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4303 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by
4304 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland
4306 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
4307 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams
4308 of Renaissance Internet Services.
4309 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
4310 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
4311 queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
4312 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
4313 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
4314 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch
4315 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
4316 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
4317 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN.
4318 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
4319 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
4320 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
4321 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
4322 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4323 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
4324 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
4326 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
4327 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
4328 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
4329 mailer to return after sending all data to it.
4330 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
4331 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was
4332 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a
4333 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
4334 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
4335 David Cooley of Colby College.
4336 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
4337 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has
4338 already decided the message will be passed to another host
4339 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
4340 Buckeridge Young Limited.
4341 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
4342 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
4343 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The
4344 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be
4345 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
4346 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the
4347 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
4348 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense
4349 of Stanford University.
4350 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is
4351 deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
4352 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
4353 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
4354 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map
4355 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps
4356 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
4357 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4358 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
4359 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The
4360 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
4361 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from
4362 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
4363 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
4364 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
4365 attributes found in the match will be returned.
4366 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
4367 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is
4368 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
4369 comma separated key and value strings.
4370 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
4371 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
4372 connections such that multiple maps which use the same
4373 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
4374 a single connection to that host.
4375 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
4376 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
4378 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
4380 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
4381 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
4382 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still
4383 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
4384 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
4385 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead
4386 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
4387 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
4388 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
4389 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
4390 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification
4391 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
4392 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
4394 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
4395 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
4396 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
4397 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
4399 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
4400 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific
4401 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The
4402 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
4403 specified in the individual map specification ('K'
4404 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps
4406 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
4407 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
4409 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In
4410 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
4411 important if you have large classes.
4412 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
4413 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by
4414 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4415 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
4416 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
4417 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
4418 unless the queued message is selected using one of the
4419 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code
4420 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
4421 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
4422 control socket. This socket allows an external program to
4423 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
4424 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
4425 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by
4426 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
4427 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An
4428 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
4429 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
4430 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
4431 number of processors online on the system (if that can be
4432 determined). For single processor machines, this change
4434 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
4435 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4436 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from
4437 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4438 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
4439 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
4440 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
4441 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
4442 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
4443 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections
4444 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting
4445 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
4446 connection-based denial of service attacks.
4447 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
4449 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
4450 information (from= syslog line).
4451 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
4453 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
4454 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
4455 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth
4456 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4457 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
4458 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4459 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4460 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by
4461 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4462 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
4463 the program as the default user and the default group, not
4464 the forward file user. This change also assures the
4465 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using
4466 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu
4467 Popovici of DNT Romania.
4468 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
4469 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by
4470 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
4471 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
4472 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
4473 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
4474 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
4475 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
4476 helpful to know the sender of the message.
4477 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
4478 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4479 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
4480 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
4482 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
4483 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
4484 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
4485 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
4486 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
4487 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The
4488 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
4489 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers'
4490 directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
4491 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
4492 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson.
4493 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
4494 length before the attempt.
4495 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
4496 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This
4497 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
4498 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald
4499 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
4500 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
4501 host status files, not all files.
4502 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
4503 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
4504 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
4506 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
4507 macro map class. This can be used to store information
4508 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
4509 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
4511 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The
4512 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
4513 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the
4514 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example,
4515 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
4516 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
4517 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
4518 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
4520 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
4521 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
4522 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
4523 the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
4524 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
4525 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the
4526 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
4527 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with
4528 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
4529 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
4530 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
4531 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
4532 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This
4533 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
4535 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
4536 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
4537 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
4538 if referencing a named ruleset.
4539 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
4540 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
4541 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
4542 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run
4543 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host,
4544 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
4545 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable
4546 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of
4547 the University of Maryland.
4548 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
4549 have received the message if it had not been rejected.
4550 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
4551 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made.
4552 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
4553 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
4555 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
4556 but for outgoing connections.
4557 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
4558 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
4559 a require authentication
4560 b bind to interface through which mail has
4562 c perform hostname canonification
4563 f require fully qualified hostname
4564 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO
4566 C don't perform hostname canonification
4567 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
4568 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
4569 h use name of interface for HELO command
4570 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
4571 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
4572 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
4573 Institutes of Health.
4574 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
4575 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4576 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
4577 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by
4578 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4579 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
4580 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
4581 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
4582 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
4583 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
4584 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
4585 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by
4586 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4587 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
4588 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
4589 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
4590 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
4591 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
4592 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
4593 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
4594 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
4595 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit
4596 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
4597 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis
4598 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4599 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
4600 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
4601 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
4602 This will detect the inability to send information quicker
4603 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
4605 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
4606 interface address structure when loading the system network
4607 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
4609 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
4610 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
4611 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The
4612 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier
4613 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
4614 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
4616 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4617 Northern Illinois University.
4618 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
4619 envelope splitting has occurred.
4620 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
4621 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
4622 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
4623 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
4624 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
4625 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4627 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
4628 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of
4629 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
4630 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
4631 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
4632 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori
4633 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4634 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
4635 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4636 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
4637 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4638 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
4639 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
4640 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem
4641 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4642 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
4643 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
4644 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
4645 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4646 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
4647 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
4648 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by
4649 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4650 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
4651 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
4652 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4654 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
4655 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
4656 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
4657 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
4658 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the
4659 ruleset lines as well.
4660 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
4661 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
4662 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems
4663 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4665 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
4666 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
4667 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4668 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
4669 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
4670 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
4671 programs, file, DECnet, etc.
4672 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
4673 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert
4674 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
4676 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
4677 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
4678 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
4679 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4680 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
4681 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
4682 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was
4683 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
4684 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
4685 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
4686 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
4687 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix
4688 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
4689 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
4690 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy
4691 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4693 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
4694 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
4695 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
4697 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
4698 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
4699 them in the .cf file.
4700 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
4701 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
4702 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
4703 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
4704 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
4705 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
4706 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
4707 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted
4708 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4709 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
4710 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
4711 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the
4712 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem
4713 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4714 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem
4715 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4716 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
4717 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use
4718 the last temporary (4XX) failure.
4719 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch
4720 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4721 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
4722 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
4723 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many.
4724 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
4725 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per
4726 Hedeland of Ericsson.
4727 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
4728 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems
4729 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal
4730 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
4731 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
4732 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent
4733 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in
4734 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
4735 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix
4736 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4737 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
4738 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some
4739 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
4740 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore,
4741 don't fail on ANY queries.
4742 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
4743 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
4744 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4745 Northern Illinois University.
4746 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
4747 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
4749 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
4750 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4751 Northern Illinois University.
4752 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
4753 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
4754 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
4756 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
4757 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
4758 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
4759 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E
4760 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4761 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
4762 This allows network interface probing to work
4763 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the
4765 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
4766 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
4767 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
4769 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
4770 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
4772 Digital UNIX has uname(2).
4773 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
4775 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
4776 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
4777 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
4778 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
4779 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
4780 in building the operating system. Users can
4781 override the defaults by setting confCC and
4782 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
4783 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
4784 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
4785 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
4786 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
4787 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
4788 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4789 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
4790 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4791 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
4792 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
4793 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From
4794 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4795 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
4796 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
4797 NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
4798 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
4799 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
4800 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used,
4801 use that value in conf.h.
4802 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of
4804 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
4805 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
4806 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
4808 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan
4809 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
4811 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
4812 can reuse the same PID in the same second.
4813 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
4815 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
4816 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead.
4817 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
4819 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
4821 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
4822 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of
4823 Siemens Business Services.
4824 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
4825 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
4826 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
4827 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by
4828 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
4829 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
4830 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4832 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
4833 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
4834 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
4835 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
4836 use of getservbyname() on systems which can
4837 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
4838 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
4840 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted
4841 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
4842 Technology Information Network.
4843 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem
4844 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
4845 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4846 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
4848 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
4849 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README
4850 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E
4851 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4852 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This
4853 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more
4855 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
4856 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
4857 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
4858 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
4859 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4860 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
4861 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This
4862 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of
4863 Courtesan Consulting.
4864 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
4865 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
4866 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
4867 be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
4868 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
4869 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
4871 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
4872 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
4874 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
4875 From:, To:) to enable finer control.
4876 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
4877 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the
4879 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
4880 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms
4881 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions
4882 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions
4883 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName
4884 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop
4885 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo
4886 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize
4887 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec
4888 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion
4889 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength
4890 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength
4891 confPID_FILE PidFile
4892 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix
4893 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn
4894 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control
4895 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans
4896 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4897 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4898 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry
4899 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4900 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4901 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser
4902 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize
4903 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
4904 which takes the options as argument and can be used
4905 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
4906 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
4907 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
4908 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer
4909 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
4911 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
4912 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
4913 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
4914 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
4915 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The
4916 value should be changed with care.
4917 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
4918 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
4919 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
4920 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
4922 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
4923 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett
4925 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
4926 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann
4927 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
4928 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
4929 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
4930 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
4931 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
4932 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
4933 of Northern Illinois University.
4934 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
4935 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
4936 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
4937 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
4938 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
4940 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
4942 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
4943 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
4944 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
4945 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are
4946 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
4948 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
4949 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
4950 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
4951 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
4952 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
4953 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
4954 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested
4955 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
4956 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
4957 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
4958 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve
4959 Hubert of University of Washington.
4960 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
4961 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark
4962 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
4963 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
4964 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
4965 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of
4966 Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
4967 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed
4968 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
4970 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
4971 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4973 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
4974 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
4975 University and Brian Candler.
4976 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
4977 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4978 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
4979 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4981 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
4982 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
4983 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
4984 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
4985 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
4986 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
4987 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
4988 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
4989 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
4990 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4991 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
4992 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of
4993 Willamette Industries, Inc.
4994 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
4995 converted to <user@d>
4996 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
4997 Sun's older, broken configuration files.
4998 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
4999 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
5001 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
5002 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
5003 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5005 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
5006 be accessed by their numbers).
5007 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
5008 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
5010 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
5011 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
5012 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
5013 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
5014 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
5015 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
5016 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
5017 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
5018 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
5019 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
5020 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
5021 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
5023 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
5024 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
5025 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
5026 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use
5027 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
5028 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
5029 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
5030 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
5031 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
5032 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
5033 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
5034 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5035 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
5036 University of California at Berkeley.
5037 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
5038 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
5039 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from
5040 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
5041 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5043 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
5044 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
5045 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
5047 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
5048 be used for building.
5049 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
5050 used for a fresh build.
5051 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
5052 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
5054 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
5055 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
5056 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
5057 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan
5059 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
5060 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
5061 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
5062 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales.
5063 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske
5064 of Siemens Business Services.
5065 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
5066 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the
5067 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or
5069 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
5070 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
5071 They should contain the C source files for the object files
5072 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names
5073 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
5074 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
5075 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form
5076 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
5077 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
5078 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
5079 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on
5080 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
5081 are in devtools/README.
5082 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
5083 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
5084 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
5085 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a
5086 new variable which identifies the root of the source
5087 directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
5088 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
5089 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
5091 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
5092 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
5093 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
5094 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
5095 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
5097 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
5098 manual pages in the directory tree specified by
5100 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
5101 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable
5102 confCOPY specifies the copying program.
5103 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
5104 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
5106 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
5107 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
5108 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
5109 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik
5110 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
5111 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
5112 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
5113 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
5114 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
5115 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new
5116 install-strip target.
5117 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
5118 the others (if it exists).
5119 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
5120 then the default ones.
5121 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local
5122 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
5123 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
5125 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
5126 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of
5127 Northern Illinois University.
5128 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
5129 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
5130 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5131 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
5132 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with
5133 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
5135 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
5136 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
5137 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
5139 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
5140 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that
5141 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
5142 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
5143 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
5144 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
5145 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
5147 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
5148 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
5149 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5150 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
5151 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
5152 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
5153 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long
5154 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
5155 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
5156 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
5157 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
5158 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
5159 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
5160 Alcatel Australia Limited.
5161 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
5162 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by
5163 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5164 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
5165 timeout to avoid starvation.
5166 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
5167 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
5168 Infinite Monkeys & Co.
5169 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5170 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
5171 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
5172 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
5174 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
5175 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
5176 sendmail configuration file.
5177 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
5178 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
5180 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on
5181 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5182 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip
5183 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
5184 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem
5185 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
5186 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
5187 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
5188 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5190 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
5191 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
5192 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted
5193 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
5194 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
5195 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
5196 Institute for Global Communications.
5197 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
5198 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from
5199 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5200 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
5201 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch
5202 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5203 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command
5204 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
5205 of the Institute for Global Communications.
5206 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce
5207 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
5208 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
5209 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley
5210 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
5212 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
5213 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts
5214 which execute the actual Build script in
5216 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
5217 -mandoc as they were previously.
5218 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
5219 of Build will work (unless parameters are
5220 required for Build).
5228 Renamed Directories:
5229 BuildTools => devtools
5233 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
5234 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5240 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
5241 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
5242 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
5244 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
5245 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
5246 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
5247 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
5251 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
5252 contrib/bounce-resender.pl
5253 contrib/domainmap.m4
5256 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
5258 devtools/M4/string.m4
5259 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
5260 devtools/M4/switch.m4
5263 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
5264 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
5266 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
5274 sendmail/bf_portable.c
5275 sendmail/bf_portable.h
5278 sendmail/shmticklib.c
5279 sendmail/statusd_shm.h
5285 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
5286 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
5287 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
5288 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
5289 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
5290 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
5291 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
5292 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
5293 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
5295 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
5297 8.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04
5298 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
5299 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
5300 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
5301 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
5302 Schools" project (IdS).
5303 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
5304 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by
5305 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of
5306 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5307 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
5308 when performing the MIME header length check. This
5309 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem
5310 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
5311 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
5312 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
5313 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
5314 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5315 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of
5316 ExecPC Internet Systems.
5317 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
5318 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
5319 for later retry but the failure would be logged as
5320 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by
5321 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
5322 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
5323 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
5324 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S.
5325 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
5326 Hedeland of Ericsson.
5327 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
5328 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
5329 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
5330 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
5331 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
5332 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
5333 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
5334 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be
5335 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
5338 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
5339 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the
5340 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
5341 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver
5342 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed
5343 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
5344 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
5345 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
5346 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
5347 Technical University of Denmark.
5348 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
5349 Supercomputer Center.
5350 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
5351 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
5352 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
5353 of Stanford University.
5354 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
5355 between different releases. Back out the
5356 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
5357 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
5358 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
5359 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
5360 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
5362 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5363 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
5364 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
5366 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
5367 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W.
5368 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5369 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
5370 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from
5371 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5372 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from
5373 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
5374 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
5375 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
5376 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5377 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
5378 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of
5381 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
5382 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5383 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
5385 8.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30
5386 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
5387 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used
5388 for a denial of service attack.
5389 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
5390 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5391 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
5392 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5394 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
5395 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
5396 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
5397 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
5398 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
5399 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future
5400 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
5401 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
5403 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
5404 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
5405 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
5406 Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
5407 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
5408 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of
5409 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
5410 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from
5411 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5412 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
5413 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
5414 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
5415 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
5416 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
5417 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5418 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
5419 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
5420 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
5422 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
5423 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem
5424 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
5425 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
5426 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
5427 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process
5428 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
5429 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For
5430 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
5431 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
5432 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
5433 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
5435 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
5436 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
5437 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
5438 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
5439 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen
5440 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5441 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
5442 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
5443 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
5444 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
5445 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5446 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by
5447 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
5449 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem
5450 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
5451 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
5452 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
5453 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem
5454 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from
5455 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5456 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
5457 has enough space for the additional address. Problem
5458 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
5459 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem
5460 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
5461 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
5462 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay,
5463 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
5464 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from
5465 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5466 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
5467 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5468 Meteorological Institute.
5469 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5470 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix
5471 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
5473 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
5474 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
5475 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M.
5476 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
5477 Break out IP address to hostname translation for
5478 reading network interface addresses into
5479 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of
5480 Cal State University, Chico.
5481 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
5482 from changing the semantics of the compiled
5483 program. From Simon Travaglia of the
5484 University of Waikato, New Zealand.
5485 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From
5486 Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5487 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5488 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From
5489 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
5490 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
5491 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
5492 of Sun Microsystems.
5493 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From
5494 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5495 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh
5497 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From
5498 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5499 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann
5501 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
5502 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
5504 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
5505 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
5507 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk
5508 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
5509 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
5510 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from
5511 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5512 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
5513 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
5514 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of
5515 Manawatu Internet Services.
5516 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
5517 when stripping down a recipient address to check for
5518 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of
5519 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
5520 of Northern Illinois University.
5521 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch
5522 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5524 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
5526 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch
5527 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5528 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5529 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
5530 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
5531 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
5532 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5533 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
5534 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5535 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
5536 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
5537 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix
5538 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5539 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from
5540 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5541 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
5542 the envelope From header.
5543 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
5544 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
5545 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
5546 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
5547 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
5548 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
5549 Portal Services, Inc.
5550 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
5551 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of
5553 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5555 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
5556 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
5557 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
5558 contrib/smcontrol.pl
5561 8.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02
5562 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
5563 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
5564 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
5565 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
5566 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
5567 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
5568 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5569 Meteorological Institute.
5570 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
5571 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted
5572 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5573 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
5574 installation commands. The man pages would still be
5575 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan
5576 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5577 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
5578 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5579 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
5580 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
5581 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
5582 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
5583 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
5584 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
5585 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
5586 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
5587 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
5588 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
5589 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of
5591 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
5592 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of
5593 DaveLtd Enterprises.
5594 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
5595 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only
5596 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
5597 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
5598 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem
5599 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
5600 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted
5601 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
5602 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
5603 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
5604 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
5605 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
5606 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
5608 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
5609 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for
5610 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
5611 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
5612 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
5613 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
5615 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
5616 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
5617 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
5618 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
5619 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk
5621 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later
5622 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
5624 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From
5625 J. P. McCann of E I A.
5626 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk
5628 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
5629 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
5630 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
5631 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5632 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
5633 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
5634 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5635 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
5636 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP
5637 would not accept @@hostname.
5638 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
5639 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
5640 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
5641 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by
5642 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5644 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
5646 8.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19
5647 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
5648 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
5649 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
5650 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites
5651 which need the ability to override security can use the
5652 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more
5654 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5655 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5656 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
5657 world writable directories.
5658 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
5659 it is in a world writable directory.
5660 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
5661 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
5662 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by
5663 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5664 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5665 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
5666 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
5667 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5668 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
5669 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
5670 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail
5671 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
5672 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
5673 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser
5674 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
5676 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
5677 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
5678 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
5679 the University of Maryland.
5680 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy
5681 of Cal State University, Chico.
5682 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users
5683 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
5684 current version of Berkeley DB.
5685 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
5686 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
5687 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
5688 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
5690 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
5691 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
5692 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun
5694 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
5695 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
5696 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by
5697 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
5698 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
5699 mail.local on the F=z flag.
5700 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was
5701 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
5702 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that
5703 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
5704 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
5705 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
5706 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
5707 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5708 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5709 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
5710 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
5711 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
5712 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5713 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
5714 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik
5715 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
5716 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates
5717 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
5718 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
5719 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
5720 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
5721 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail
5722 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
5723 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients
5724 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
5725 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict
5727 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
5728 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
5729 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
5730 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
5731 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example,
5732 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
5733 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
5734 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5735 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
5736 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be
5737 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
5738 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying.
5739 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5740 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
5741 sender for those failures.
5742 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
5743 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
5744 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
5745 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland
5747 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
5748 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
5749 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5750 of Procter & Gamble.
5751 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
5752 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
5753 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5754 of Procter & Gamble.
5755 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to
5756 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
5757 of system security. This should only be used if you are
5758 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available
5759 DontBlameSendmail options are:
5762 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
5763 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
5764 GroupWritableDirPathSafe
5765 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
5766 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
5767 GroupWritableAliasFile
5768 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
5769 WorldWritableAliasFile
5770 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5771 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5772 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
5773 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
5774 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5775 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5777 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
5778 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
5779 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
5780 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
5781 LinkedMapInWritableDir
5782 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
5783 FileDeliveryToHardLink
5784 FileDeliveryToSymLink
5787 WriteStatsToHardLink
5789 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
5791 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
5792 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you
5793 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
5794 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
5795 sent to those addresses will be bounced.
5796 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
5797 AutoRebuildAliases is set.
5798 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
5799 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
5800 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
5801 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
5802 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
5803 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup
5804 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
5805 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
5806 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
5807 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
5808 contrast to the success case).
5809 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line
5812 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
5813 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
5814 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
5815 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
5816 from hiding their connection information in Received:
5818 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
5819 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to
5820 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
5821 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
5822 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
5823 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also
5824 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
5825 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining
5826 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
5827 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
5828 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
5829 if the remote connection closes the socket before the
5830 remote identity can be queried.
5831 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
5832 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
5833 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per
5834 Hedeland of Ericsson.
5835 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
5836 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
5837 some of the details are determined dynamically via
5838 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
5839 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
5840 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
5841 the new Build method which creates an operating system
5842 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
5843 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
5844 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5845 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends
5846 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
5847 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted
5848 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5849 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
5850 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
5851 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
5852 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
5853 This means that even if only one of the recipients
5854 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
5855 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor.
5856 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
5857 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso
5858 of CNET: The Computer Network.
5859 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
5860 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
5861 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5862 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
5863 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
5864 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
5865 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
5866 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
5867 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
5868 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
5869 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
5870 in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
5871 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5872 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
5873 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott
5874 Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5875 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
5876 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
5877 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
5879 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
5881 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
5882 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from
5883 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
5884 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
5885 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
5886 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5887 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
5888 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales
5890 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by
5891 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
5892 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
5894 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
5895 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch
5896 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5897 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
5898 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
5899 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by
5900 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5901 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of
5903 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
5904 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also
5905 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from
5906 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
5907 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
5908 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it
5909 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
5910 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
5911 Stratus Computer, Inc.
5912 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
5913 currently supported version.
5914 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch
5915 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5916 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
5917 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
5918 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted
5919 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5920 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
5921 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
5922 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
5923 message in error bounces.
5924 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
5925 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
5926 Digital Equipment Corporation.
5928 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
5929 of Kyoto University.
5930 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from
5931 Randall S. Winchester of the University of
5933 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
5934 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
5936 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
5937 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5938 the University of Maryland.
5939 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
5940 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
5941 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5942 Meteorological Institute.
5943 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
5944 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
5945 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
5946 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
5947 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
5948 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
5949 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem
5950 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of
5951 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
5952 Fischer of BTG, Inc.
5953 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from
5954 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5955 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
5956 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun
5958 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
5959 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
5960 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from
5961 Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
5962 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
5963 directory for certain programs.
5964 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
5965 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
5966 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
5967 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the
5968 new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
5969 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
5970 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from
5971 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the
5972 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
5973 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
5974 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
5975 the user to setup different .forward files for
5976 user+detail addressing.
5977 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
5978 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
5979 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
5980 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
5981 from outside your domain and sending it to another host
5982 outside your domain).
5983 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
5984 any site to any site.
5985 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
5986 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
5987 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
5988 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
5989 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
5990 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow
5991 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
5992 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed
5993 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
5994 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
5995 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
5996 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
5997 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
5998 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
5999 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
6001 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient
6002 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite,
6003 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
6004 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
6005 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be
6006 needed for most installations.
6007 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
6008 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This
6009 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
6010 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
6011 the University of Maryland.
6012 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
6013 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
6014 usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
6015 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
6016 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
6017 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
6018 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
6019 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
6020 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
6021 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
6022 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
6023 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name
6024 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
6025 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see
6026 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
6027 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
6028 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
6029 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the
6030 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset
6031 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset
6032 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
6033 the return of the ruleset is ignored.
6034 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
6035 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
6036 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
6037 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note
6038 above for more information.
6039 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
6040 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6041 Meteorological Institute.
6042 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
6043 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
6044 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section
6045 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by
6046 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6047 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
6048 .mc files instead of in the obj directory.
6049 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
6050 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
6051 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
6052 MustQuoteChars respectively.
6053 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This
6054 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
6055 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of
6056 CMU (now of Netscape).
6057 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
6058 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not
6059 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to
6060 read mail.local/README.
6061 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
6062 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
6063 University of Maryland.
6064 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
6066 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6067 Meteorological Institute.
6068 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
6069 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the
6070 University of Maryland.
6071 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
6072 such as linked files in world writable directories.
6073 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
6074 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
6075 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem
6076 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
6078 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from
6079 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
6080 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6082 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
6083 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
6084 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
6086 BuildTools/M4/header.m4
6087 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
6088 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
6089 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
6090 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
6091 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
6092 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
6093 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
6094 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
6095 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
6096 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
6097 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
6098 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
6099 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
6100 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
6102 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
6103 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
6105 BuildTools/Site/README
6106 BuildTools/bin/Build
6107 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
6108 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
6109 BuildTools/bin/install.sh
6112 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
6113 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
6114 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
6115 cf/feature/access_db.m4
6116 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
6117 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
6118 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
6119 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
6121 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
6122 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
6123 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
6124 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
6126 contrib/doublebounce.pl
6128 mail.local/Makefile.m4
6131 mailstats/Makefile.m4
6135 praliases/Makefile.m4
6145 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
6147 mail.local/Makefile.dist
6149 mailstats/Makefile.dist
6151 makemap/Makefile.dist
6153 praliases/Makefile.dist
6158 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
6159 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
6160 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
6161 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
6164 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
6165 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
6166 src/READ_ME => src/README
6168 8.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24
6169 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
6170 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6171 Meteorological Institute.
6172 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
6173 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J.
6174 Arseneault of SRI International.
6175 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
6176 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
6177 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
6178 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
6179 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
6180 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
6181 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log
6182 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E.
6183 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6184 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
6185 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
6187 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
6188 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
6189 closed but the persistent host status file would not be
6190 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
6191 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6192 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
6193 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
6194 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
6195 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by
6196 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
6197 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
6198 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
6199 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
6200 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6201 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
6202 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by
6203 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6204 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
6205 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale
6206 results during a single message processing (but would
6207 recover when the next message was received). Fix from
6208 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
6209 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
6210 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6211 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6212 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
6213 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
6214 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6215 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6216 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
6217 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using
6218 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
6219 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
6220 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
6221 and the inability to save a bounce message to
6222 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
6223 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
6224 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
6225 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
6227 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are
6228 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
6229 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
6230 could cause confusing error messages.
6231 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
6232 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This
6233 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
6234 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
6236 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by
6237 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
6238 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
6239 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6240 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6241 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
6242 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
6244 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
6245 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title.
6246 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6247 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
6248 support flock locking and runs out of processes during
6249 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
6250 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
6251 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6253 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
6254 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
6255 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
6256 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
6257 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
6258 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
6259 RUS University of Stuttgart.
6261 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
6262 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which
6263 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense
6264 of Stanford University.
6265 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
6266 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo
6267 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
6269 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
6270 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
6271 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
6272 Electronic Data Systems.
6273 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim
6274 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
6275 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
6276 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
6277 loader environment variables into the loader memory
6278 area. If one of these environment variables (such as
6279 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
6280 an invalid memory address would be used by the process
6281 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem
6282 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
6283 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
6284 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
6285 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by
6286 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
6287 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by
6288 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
6289 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by
6290 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6291 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
6292 incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
6293 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
6295 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
6296 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
6297 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
6298 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by
6299 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
6300 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
6302 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
6303 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
6304 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
6307 8.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03
6308 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
6309 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
6310 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
6311 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
6312 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
6314 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
6315 Problem noted by Fredrik Jönsson of the Royal Institute
6316 of Technology, Stockholm.
6317 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
6318 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
6319 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume
6320 that these routines are included as though they were in the
6321 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla.
6322 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
6323 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
6324 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
6325 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
6326 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
6327 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could
6328 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen
6329 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
6330 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and
6331 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
6332 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor
6333 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
6334 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
6335 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
6336 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns
6337 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
6338 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
6339 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
6340 have to assume that the information is good.
6341 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
6343 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
6344 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
6345 errors during testing.
6346 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
6347 printed in the error message.
6348 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
6349 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
6350 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
6351 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
6352 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
6353 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
6354 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the
6355 Tokyo Institute of Technology.
6356 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
6357 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs
6358 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
6359 runner runs during a critical section in another message
6360 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
6362 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
6363 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
6364 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
6365 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted
6366 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6367 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
6368 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
6369 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
6370 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
6371 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
6372 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
6373 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
6374 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
6375 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security
6376 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
6377 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
6378 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
6380 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
6381 use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
6382 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
6383 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem
6384 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
6385 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
6386 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to
6387 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by
6388 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6389 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
6390 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of
6392 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
6393 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem
6394 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
6395 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
6397 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
6398 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that
6399 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
6401 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow
6402 of Argonne National Laboratory.
6403 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6404 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6405 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From
6406 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
6407 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
6409 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
6410 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
6411 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
6412 exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
6413 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
6414 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of
6416 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem
6417 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6418 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem
6419 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
6421 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
6422 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
6423 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags
6424 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported
6425 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
6426 Mental Health Center Residential Services.
6427 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
6428 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
6430 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
6431 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out
6432 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
6433 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
6434 from Christopher Durham of SCO.
6435 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
6436 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
6437 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of
6439 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
6440 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested
6442 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These
6443 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
6444 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
6445 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
6446 telling more details on what actually changed when "file
6447 changed after open".
6448 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw
6450 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
6452 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
6453 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
6455 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
6459 8.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14
6460 *************************************************************
6461 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI *
6462 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. *
6463 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward *
6464 * continued sendmail development. *
6465 *************************************************************
6466 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
6467 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
6468 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root
6469 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
6470 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
6471 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified
6472 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
6473 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most
6474 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
6475 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been
6476 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
6477 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
6478 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that
6479 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
6480 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
6481 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
6482 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
6483 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
6484 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
6485 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
6486 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
6487 another database; this can be used either to expose
6488 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
6489 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
6490 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows
6491 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
6492 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
6493 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
6494 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an
6495 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
6497 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
6498 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
6499 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is
6500 similar to the previous case for user files. This change
6501 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
6502 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
6503 files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
6504 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
6505 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
6506 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
6507 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file
6508 ownership only in those few cases where the system has
6509 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
6510 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
6511 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
6512 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate
6513 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
6514 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
6515 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
6516 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
6517 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set
6518 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
6519 NFS-mounted filesystems.
6520 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
6521 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
6522 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
6523 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
6524 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli
6525 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
6526 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
6527 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported
6528 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
6529 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
6530 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
6532 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
6533 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch
6535 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
6536 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of
6537 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6538 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
6539 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
6540 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
6541 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
6542 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by
6543 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6544 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
6545 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
6547 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
6548 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted
6549 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6550 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
6551 too large) don't send the bogus message.
6552 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
6553 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael
6554 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6555 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
6556 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by
6557 Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
6558 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
6559 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil
6561 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
6562 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of
6564 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
6565 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
6566 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
6567 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really
6568 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by
6569 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
6570 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
6571 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
6572 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
6573 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
6575 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
6576 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
6577 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
6579 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
6580 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
6581 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by
6582 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6583 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
6584 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
6585 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
6586 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm
6587 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
6589 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
6590 die immediately, never hold the error message for future
6592 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
6593 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
6594 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6595 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
6596 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h.
6597 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
6598 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
6599 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give
6600 erroneous results during a single message processing
6601 (but would recover when the next message was received).
6602 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
6603 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential
6604 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
6605 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it
6606 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the
6607 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
6608 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
6609 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
6610 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
6611 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
6612 address as "may be forged".
6613 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
6614 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
6615 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
6616 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
6617 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
6618 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse
6620 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
6621 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
6622 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
6623 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
6624 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
6625 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
6626 Plasma Physics Laboratory.
6627 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
6628 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6630 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
6631 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial
6632 of service problems with this option: an attacker can
6633 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
6634 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should
6635 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
6636 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew
6637 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
6638 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
6639 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory
6640 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
6642 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
6643 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
6644 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from
6645 John Beck of SunSoft.
6646 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
6647 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
6648 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
6649 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
6650 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
6651 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
6652 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
6653 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch
6654 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
6655 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were
6656 partially processed, which could cause confusing error
6658 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
6659 on some architectures.
6661 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
6662 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
6663 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems
6664 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
6665 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University
6667 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
6668 the system rather than guessing at compile time.
6669 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6670 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
6671 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
6672 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
6673 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
6674 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
6675 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from
6676 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6677 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
6678 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
6679 high order bit set to apparently randomly match
6680 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
6681 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
6683 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From
6685 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
6686 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
6688 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
6689 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6690 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
6691 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by
6693 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
6694 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
6695 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6696 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
6697 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
6698 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6699 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
6700 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip
6701 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
6702 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
6703 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from
6704 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6705 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
6706 have no functional change in this release, but makes it
6707 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
6708 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
6709 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
6710 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
6711 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
6712 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6713 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
6714 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
6715 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions
6716 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
6717 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
6718 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
6719 was specified, even when it wasn't.
6720 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft.
6721 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
6722 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
6723 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived
6724 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
6725 symbolic links pointing nowhere.
6726 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
6727 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
6728 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would
6729 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
6730 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
6732 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar
6733 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem
6734 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6735 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
6736 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
6737 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
6738 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
6739 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
6741 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
6742 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
6743 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other
6744 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via
6745 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6746 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This
6747 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
6748 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
6749 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
6750 for system accounts.
6753 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
6755 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
6756 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
6757 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
6759 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x
6760 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
6762 8.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21
6763 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail
6764 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
6765 even if RunAsUser is specified.
6766 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response
6767 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
6768 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6769 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
6770 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
6771 University of Pennsylvania.
6772 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
6773 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f
6774 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
6775 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
6776 was unnecessarily awful.
6777 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
6778 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
6779 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
6780 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
6781 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
6782 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
6783 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
6784 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
6785 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6786 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
6787 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6788 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
6789 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a
6790 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6791 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
6792 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
6794 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
6795 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves.
6796 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
6798 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
6799 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
6800 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only
6801 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from
6802 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6803 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
6804 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
6805 some problems if a background process tried to send mail
6806 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
6807 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
6808 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
6809 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously
6810 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
6811 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan
6813 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
6814 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
6815 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
6816 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based
6817 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
6818 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
6819 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
6820 The current values and defaults are:
6821 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
6822 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
6823 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
6824 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
6825 These will probably be configurable in a future release.
6826 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
6827 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
6828 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
6829 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted
6830 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6831 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
6832 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
6833 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
6834 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
6835 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from
6837 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
6838 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
6839 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
6840 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
6841 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
6842 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
6843 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
6844 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6845 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
6846 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
6847 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
6848 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
6850 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
6851 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
6852 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
6853 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6854 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed
6855 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
6856 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
6857 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
6859 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
6860 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
6861 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
6862 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
6863 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6864 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
6865 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
6867 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
6868 Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
6869 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
6870 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
6871 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
6872 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
6873 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
6874 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names
6875 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
6876 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
6878 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
6879 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it
6880 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
6881 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
6882 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'École Nationale
6883 Supérieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
6884 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
6885 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following
6886 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
6887 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
6888 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
6889 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send
6890 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host''
6891 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In
6892 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
6893 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
6894 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
6895 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
6896 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use
6897 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
6898 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6899 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
6900 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
6901 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
6902 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
6903 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
6906 8.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02
6907 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
6908 permissions by hard linking to files that were group
6909 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any
6910 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
6911 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry
6912 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a
6913 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
6914 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
6915 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
6916 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There
6917 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
6918 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups
6919 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although
6920 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
6921 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
6922 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
6923 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
6924 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy
6925 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6926 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
6927 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
6928 Problem noted by several people.
6929 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
6930 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
6931 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted
6933 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
6934 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
6935 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
6936 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
6937 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon
6938 of Best Internet Communications.
6939 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore
6940 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
6941 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
6942 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
6943 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
6944 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
6945 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
6946 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
6947 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis.
6948 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
6949 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis.
6950 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
6951 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6952 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
6953 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
6954 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out
6956 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from
6957 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6958 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
6959 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
6960 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch
6961 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have
6962 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
6963 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
6964 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
6965 of Kyoto University.
6966 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
6967 conditions from Don Lewis.
6968 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
6969 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
6970 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
6971 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a
6972 patch from Bryan Costales.
6974 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
6975 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This
6976 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the
6977 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
6978 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
6979 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill
6980 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
6981 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch
6982 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
6983 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of
6984 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
6986 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
6988 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
6989 I believe this to have only been a problem if you
6990 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
6991 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
6992 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
6993 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universität Wien.
6994 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
6995 than one long one. By popular demand.
6996 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch
6997 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
6998 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
6999 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
7000 of NTT Software Corporation.
7001 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
7005 8.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17
7006 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
7007 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted
7008 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
7009 best-of-security list.
7010 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
7011 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
7012 should make it clearer to people that they are running
7014 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
7015 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
7016 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
7017 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem
7018 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
7019 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
7020 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
7021 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve
7022 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
7023 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
7024 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
7025 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
7026 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
7027 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver
7028 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
7029 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
7030 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
7031 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
7032 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from
7034 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too
7035 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
7036 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
7037 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
7038 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
7039 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
7041 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
7042 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
7043 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
7044 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by
7045 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
7046 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
7047 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
7048 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from
7049 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
7050 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert
7051 of the University of Washington, Seattle.
7052 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
7053 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
7054 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
7055 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
7056 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
7057 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
7058 University of Linkoping.
7059 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
7060 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark
7061 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
7062 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
7063 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
7064 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
7065 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
7067 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
7068 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
7069 MCI Telecommunications Communications.
7070 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
7071 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did
7072 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem
7073 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7075 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
7076 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
7077 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by
7078 Håkan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
7079 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
7080 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
7081 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
7082 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
7083 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
7084 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
7085 The outline of the implementation was contributed
7086 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
7087 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
7088 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
7089 change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
7090 which is apparently the only compiler that requires
7091 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff
7092 Earickson of Colby College.
7093 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized
7094 operating system that comes with a decent compiler
7095 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
7097 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
7098 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency
7099 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
7100 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
7101 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
7102 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve
7103 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
7104 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
7105 end up being translated to the null host name, which would
7106 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
7107 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
7108 University of Washington, Seattle.
7109 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
7110 Polytechnic Institute.
7111 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
7112 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
7114 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
7116 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
7118 8.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18
7119 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
7120 changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
7122 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
7123 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
7124 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
7125 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
7126 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
7129 8.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17
7130 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
7131 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted
7132 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
7133 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
7134 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
7135 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential
7136 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
7138 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
7139 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
7141 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as
7142 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
7143 on illegal host names.
7144 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
7145 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
7146 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David.
7147 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
7148 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
7149 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
7150 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
7151 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
7152 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7153 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
7154 term host status. This is necessary because it is common
7155 to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
7156 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
7157 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
7158 University of Leicester.
7159 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
7160 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
7161 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
7162 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of
7163 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
7164 University of Washington.
7166 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several
7167 people pointed this out.
7168 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
7169 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
7170 Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
7171 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
7172 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
7173 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
7174 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
7175 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
7177 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based
7178 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
7179 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan
7180 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
7182 8.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26
7183 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
7184 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
7185 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
7186 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was
7187 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
7188 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not
7189 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
7190 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed
7191 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
7192 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
7193 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
7194 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
7195 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
7197 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
7198 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
7199 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7200 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
7201 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
7202 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from
7203 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
7204 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
7205 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
7206 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid
7207 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
7208 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
7209 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
7210 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by
7211 Brad Knowles of America On Line.
7212 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
7213 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
7214 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
7216 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
7217 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
7219 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
7220 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
7221 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
7222 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
7223 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem
7224 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
7225 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
7226 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
7227 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
7228 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
7229 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7230 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
7231 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
7233 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
7234 results that may come from NIS and DNS.
7235 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
7236 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
7237 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green.
7238 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
7239 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
7240 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales.
7241 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
7242 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales.
7243 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
7244 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
7245 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
7246 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by
7247 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
7248 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
7249 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
7250 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
7251 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
7253 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
7254 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John
7256 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
7257 The command takes a host name; data for that host is
7258 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares
7259 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
7260 there should be no security implications. Implementation
7261 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details.
7262 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
7263 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
7264 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
7265 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note
7266 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
7267 to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
7268 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
7270 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
7271 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
7272 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
7273 University of Maryland.
7274 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from
7275 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
7276 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
7277 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
7278 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
7279 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed
7280 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
7281 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
7282 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
7283 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the
7284 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
7285 addresses. This flag will solve that problem.
7286 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must
7287 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
7288 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are
7289 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is
7290 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
7291 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
7292 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
7293 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123
7295 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
7296 rejecting connections if it has more than this many
7297 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may
7298 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
7299 is for incoming connections only.
7300 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the
7301 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
7302 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are
7303 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to
7304 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
7305 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
7306 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
7307 (e.g., due to connection caching).
7308 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m)
7309 specifies how long cached information about the state of a
7310 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
7311 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status
7312 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
7313 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
7314 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
7315 that take a very long time to run.
7316 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced
7317 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
7318 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
7319 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
7320 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by
7321 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7322 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
7323 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
7324 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7325 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
7326 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan
7328 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
7329 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
7331 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
7332 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
7333 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
7334 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
7335 values for a given key, the database cursor would get
7336 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
7337 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating
7338 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
7339 different for this case.
7340 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
7341 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee
7342 of Stanford University.
7343 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
7344 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
7345 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by
7346 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7347 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
7348 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem
7349 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
7350 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
7351 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from
7352 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7353 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
7354 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
7355 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted
7356 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
7357 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
7358 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
7359 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead.
7360 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
7361 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
7363 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
7364 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
7365 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted
7366 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
7367 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
7368 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current
7369 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
7370 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
7372 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
7373 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP
7375 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
7376 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
7377 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
7378 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined
7379 either of these in their configuration file.
7380 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
7381 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of
7382 St. Peter's College.
7383 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
7384 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales.
7385 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
7386 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7387 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix
7388 from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7389 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
7390 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial
7391 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
7393 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
7394 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
7395 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything
7396 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
7397 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
7398 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat
7399 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
7400 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
7401 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
7402 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
7404 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
7405 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
7406 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
7407 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
7408 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
7409 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
7410 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
7411 when sendmail reads the configuration file.
7412 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
7413 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
7414 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
7416 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark
7417 Lovell and Paul Vixie.
7418 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
7419 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
7420 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
7422 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not
7423 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense
7424 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
7425 See also the src/READ_ME file.
7426 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
7427 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful
7428 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
7429 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
7430 two characters $, +.
7431 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
7433 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
7434 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
7435 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
7437 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
7438 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem
7440 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
7441 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
7442 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John
7443 Beck of InReference, Inc.
7444 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
7445 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
7446 Computing Corporation.
7447 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
7448 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
7449 Internet Communications.
7450 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
7451 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
7452 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz
7454 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the
7455 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
7456 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
7457 of the University of Iceland.
7458 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
7459 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
7460 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
7461 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases
7462 this change is a no-op.
7463 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan
7465 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by
7467 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
7468 response. Patch from Bryan Costales.
7469 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
7470 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7471 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested
7472 by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7473 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
7474 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
7475 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always
7476 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7477 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
7478 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a
7479 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle
7481 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
7482 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from
7483 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7484 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
7485 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
7486 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more
7487 easily determine what messages are to their role as
7488 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based
7489 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
7490 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
7491 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that
7492 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
7493 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
7494 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
7495 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not
7496 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
7497 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should
7498 probably only be used on the command line, and only in
7499 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few
7500 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an
7501 implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
7502 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
7503 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary
7504 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense
7505 of Stanford University.
7506 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
7507 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be
7508 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
7509 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
7510 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
7511 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
7512 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
7513 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
7514 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
7515 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
7516 message. This should only be used if your configuration file
7517 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on
7518 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7519 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from
7521 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
7522 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
7523 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch
7524 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
7525 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally
7526 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
7527 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory
7528 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If
7529 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full
7530 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common
7531 value is ".hoststat".
7532 There are also two new operation modes:
7533 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
7535 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save
7536 recent status information.
7537 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
7538 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
7539 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
7540 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
7541 framework is gratefully appreciated.
7542 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
7543 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
7544 open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
7545 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
7546 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
7547 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
7548 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
7549 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
7550 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
7551 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code
7552 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
7553 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
7554 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan
7556 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
7557 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7558 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
7559 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
7560 left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
7561 Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7562 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
7563 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
7564 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
7565 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
7566 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
7568 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
7569 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
7570 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u
7571 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
7572 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
7573 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
7574 failure or delay were always set. This caused those
7575 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
7576 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
7577 of Washington, Seattle.
7578 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This
7579 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
7580 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
7581 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
7582 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
7583 (See src/READ_ME for details.)
7584 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
7585 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be
7586 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori
7588 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
7589 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
7590 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
7591 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
7592 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
7593 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
7594 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to
7595 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
7596 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
7598 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
7599 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could
7600 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
7601 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
7602 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
7603 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
7604 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
7605 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems.
7606 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
7607 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am
7608 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
7609 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
7610 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds
7611 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
7612 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
7613 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe
7615 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
7616 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
7617 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
7618 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested
7619 by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7620 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted
7621 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7622 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
7623 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it
7624 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem
7625 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
7626 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
7627 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
7628 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
7629 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
7630 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
7631 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
7632 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
7633 National University of Singapore.
7634 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps
7635 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
7636 system can't cope with.
7638 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
7639 Atlas International.
7640 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
7642 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
7643 work on the first recipient of a message due to a
7644 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you
7645 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
7646 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
7647 Bernstein and Associates.
7648 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
7649 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported
7650 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
7651 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
7652 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7653 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
7654 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
7655 of Bailey Computer Consulting.
7656 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
7657 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
7658 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
7659 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
7660 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
7661 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
7662 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
7663 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
7665 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
7666 Lopez, CICA (Seville).
7667 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
7668 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
7669 Employment Standards Administration.
7670 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
7671 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
7673 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
7674 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
7675 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
7676 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
7677 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
7678 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
7679 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
7680 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
7681 of the University of Arizona.
7682 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of
7683 Vanderbilt University.
7684 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
7685 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
7686 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall
7687 Winchester of the University of Maryland.
7688 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by
7689 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7690 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
7691 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
7692 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
7694 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
7695 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
7696 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
7697 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John
7699 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any
7700 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those
7701 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
7702 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes
7703 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
7704 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
7705 themselves. For example, if a configuration had
7706 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
7707 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
7708 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard
7709 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
7710 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
7711 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
7712 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes,
7713 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
7714 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code
7715 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
7716 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7717 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
7718 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
7719 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
7720 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing:
7721 info@foo.com foo-info
7722 info@bar.com bar-info
7723 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net
7724 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
7725 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
7726 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
7727 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com,
7728 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with
7729 a great many people.
7730 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
7731 Suggested by Richard Bainter.
7732 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
7734 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
7735 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
7736 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
7737 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of
7738 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can
7739 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
7740 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
7741 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
7742 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This
7743 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based
7744 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
7745 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
7746 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
7747 lookups required to support this feature. For example,
7748 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
7749 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony
7750 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
7751 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
7752 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
7754 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
7755 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by
7756 Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7757 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
7758 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by
7759 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
7760 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
7761 remotely connected. The address host!user was being
7762 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
7763 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
7764 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
7765 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
7766 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
7767 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion
7769 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
7770 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
7771 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
7772 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
7774 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
7775 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note
7776 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
7777 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
7778 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
7779 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
7780 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul
7781 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
7782 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
7783 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
7784 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
7785 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
7786 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
7787 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan
7789 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7790 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
7791 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
7792 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7794 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
7795 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
7796 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
7797 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
7798 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
7799 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
7800 mailstats/mailstats.8
7801 praliases/praliases.8
7802 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
7803 cf/feature/genericstable.m4
7804 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
7805 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
7806 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
7810 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
7812 contrib/re-mqueue.pl
7814 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
7818 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
7819 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2
7820 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10
7821 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x
7822 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x
7824 8.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17
7825 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
7826 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
7827 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site.
7828 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
7829 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
7830 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
7831 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable
7832 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
7834 8.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04
7835 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
7836 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
7837 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
7838 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
7839 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
7842 8.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18
7843 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7844 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7845 any user (except root).
7846 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7847 version number is unchanged.
7849 8.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03
7850 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
7851 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix
7852 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7853 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
7854 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since
7855 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
7856 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
7857 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan
7860 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
7861 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
7862 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes
7863 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
7864 Stanford University.
7865 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
7866 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7868 8.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19
7869 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
7870 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not
7871 properly repaired in 8.7.1.
7872 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
7873 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
7874 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the
7875 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
7876 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep
7877 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
7878 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
7879 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
7880 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested
7882 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
7883 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
7884 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
7885 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
7886 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
7887 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
7888 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
7889 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard
7890 bounces when it should have requeued.
7891 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
7892 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
7893 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by
7894 John Hawkinson of Panix.
7895 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
7896 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
7897 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
7898 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested
7899 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break
7900 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
7901 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
7903 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security
7904 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
7905 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
7906 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John
7907 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
7908 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
7909 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
7910 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
7911 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
7912 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7913 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
7914 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested
7915 by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7916 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
7918 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
7919 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
7920 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7921 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
7922 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
7923 included even if the user did not request success notification,
7924 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
7925 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
7926 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
7927 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
7928 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem
7929 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
7930 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan
7932 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
7933 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed
7934 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
7935 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
7936 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
7937 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
7938 Technological University.
7939 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
7940 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the
7941 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
7942 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7943 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed
7944 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
7945 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
7946 Requested by Allan Johannesen.
7947 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
7948 to have the database format of the alias files without the
7949 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
7951 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
7952 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford
7953 <frank@ansto.gov.au>.
7954 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
7955 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
7957 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
7958 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the
7959 Association for Progressive Communications.
7960 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
7961 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
7962 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
7963 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
7964 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such
7965 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
7966 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
7968 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
7969 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod
7970 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch
7971 from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
7972 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
7973 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
7974 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the
7975 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
7976 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from
7977 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
7979 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
7980 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From
7981 James B. Davis of TCI.
7982 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From
7983 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7984 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
7985 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed
7986 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
7987 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
7988 isn't supported on all compilers.
7989 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
7990 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
7991 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
7992 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
7993 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
7994 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
7995 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
7997 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
7998 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
7999 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
8000 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on
8001 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
8002 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
8003 have already been set. Previously it worked differently
8004 for different files.
8005 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take
8006 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
8007 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
8008 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
8009 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
8012 8.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01
8013 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
8014 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
8015 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug
8016 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
8017 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
8018 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
8019 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
8020 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
8021 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns
8022 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8023 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
8024 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although
8025 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
8026 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
8027 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
8028 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
8029 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
8030 These both have possible security implications. Solutions
8031 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
8032 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
8033 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
8034 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
8035 results. This could have security implications.
8036 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
8037 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
8038 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
8039 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
8040 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx
8041 map to always return the local host first, if it is included
8042 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert
8044 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy
8045 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
8046 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
8047 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
8048 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
8049 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
8050 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the
8051 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
8052 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
8053 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock,
8054 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember:
8055 domain names are your friends.
8056 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
8057 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
8058 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
8059 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
8060 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
8061 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout
8062 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the
8063 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
8065 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
8066 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
8067 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
8068 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
8071 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
8072 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to
8073 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
8074 file and SGI standards. From Andre
8075 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
8076 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
8077 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
8078 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
8079 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
8080 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
8081 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc.
8082 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
8083 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
8084 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
8085 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
8086 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
8087 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
8088 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
8089 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
8090 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
8091 Infobiogen (France).
8093 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
8094 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
8095 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
8098 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
8099 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
8100 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
8101 Global Communications.
8102 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
8103 people seemed to think that it was too rude.
8104 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
8105 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense
8106 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
8107 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out
8108 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
8109 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
8110 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
8112 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
8113 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
8114 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
8115 file on systems with no database method compiled in.
8116 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
8117 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
8118 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
8119 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
8120 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
8122 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
8123 There is nothing that says you can't have a long
8124 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
8125 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported
8126 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8127 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
8128 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in
8129 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally
8130 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This
8131 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
8132 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
8133 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8134 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
8135 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
8136 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
8137 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
8138 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
8139 the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
8140 This involves adding two new compile-time options:
8141 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
8142 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
8143 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former
8144 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
8145 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
8146 Swarthmore University.
8147 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
8148 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
8149 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
8150 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
8152 ``=M'' will display the known mailers.
8153 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
8155 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
8156 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
8157 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
8158 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
8159 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
8160 and the parsed address.
8161 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
8162 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
8163 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The
8164 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
8165 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These
8166 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
8168 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
8170 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
8171 `mapname' and return the result.
8172 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
8173 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
8174 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
8175 the header for envelope sender information and uses
8176 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be
8177 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
8178 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
8180 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
8181 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
8182 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can
8183 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
8184 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
8185 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
8186 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
8187 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
8188 of Michigan Technological University.
8189 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
8190 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
8191 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
8192 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether
8193 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for
8194 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
8195 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files
8197 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
8198 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
8199 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print
8200 the error message. It was especially weird because it
8201 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
8202 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem
8203 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
8204 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
8205 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but
8206 should have minimal impact on external function.
8207 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
8208 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
8210 The full list of old and new names is as follows:
8216 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
8217 C CheckpointInterval
8219 D AutoRebuildAliases
8232 k ConnectionCacheSize
8233 K ConnectionCacheTimeout
8260 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
8261 been changed to options; those correspondences are:
8262 $e SmtpGreetingMessage
8265 $q (deleted -- not necessary)
8266 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
8267 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
8268 sendmail; any config file using the new names should
8269 specify "V6" in the configuration.
8270 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
8271 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
8272 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
8273 treat them as comments). This is to handle the
8274 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
8275 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
8276 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
8277 This requires config file support to get right. It does
8278 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
8279 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
8280 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
8281 A Addresses are aliasable.
8282 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
8283 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer
8284 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
8285 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
8286 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
8287 recipient mailer flags.
8288 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
8289 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
8291 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
8292 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
8293 : Check for :include: on this address.
8294 | Check for |program on this address.
8295 / Check for /file on this address.
8296 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user
8297 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the
8298 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
8299 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
8300 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
8301 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
8302 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
8303 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from
8304 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
8305 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
8306 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the
8307 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
8308 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with
8309 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
8310 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
8311 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
8312 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
8313 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
8314 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is
8315 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
8316 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
8317 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are:
8318 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
8319 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
8320 (essentially, the full MIME option).
8321 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
8322 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
8323 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
8324 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8
8326 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
8328 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
8329 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
8330 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
8331 never directly encoded (although their components can be).
8332 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
8333 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
8334 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have
8335 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
8336 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME
8337 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
8338 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is
8339 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
8340 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
8341 short name) to set the default character set to use in the
8342 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
8343 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C=
8344 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
8345 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
8346 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
8347 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
8348 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
8349 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This
8350 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
8351 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
8352 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be
8353 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
8354 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
8355 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
8357 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
8358 fashion as the U= mailer option.
8359 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
8360 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration
8361 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
8362 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
8363 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
8364 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
8365 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code
8366 from Chip Rosenthal.
8367 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
8370 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
8371 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to
8372 set them both the preferred new syntax is
8373 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
8374 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
8375 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
8376 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
8377 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache,
8378 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
8379 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a
8380 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
8381 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
8382 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code
8383 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
8384 contribution was to make it configurable).
8385 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
8386 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
8387 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
8388 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
8389 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
8390 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
8391 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
8392 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
8393 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
8395 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
8397 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
8398 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
8399 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
8400 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
8401 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
8402 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval
8403 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
8404 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
8405 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give
8406 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
8408 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
8409 :include: and .forward files.
8410 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
8411 key field name, the value field name, and the field
8412 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character
8413 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
8414 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
8415 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
8416 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8417 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
8418 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by
8420 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the
8421 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the
8422 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott
8423 Hutton of Indiana University.
8424 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to
8425 specify the name of the property that is searched as the
8426 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
8427 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The
8428 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code
8429 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
8430 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through
8431 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
8432 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
8433 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
8434 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated
8436 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search
8437 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
8438 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses
8439 are from sysexits.h.
8440 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
8441 finds a match. For example, the declarations:
8444 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
8445 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
8446 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
8447 map2 is searched and the value returned.
8448 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that
8449 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
8450 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of
8451 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
8452 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
8453 For example, if the declaration of the map is
8454 Ksample switch hosts
8455 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
8456 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
8458 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
8459 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
8460 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a
8461 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
8462 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
8463 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with
8464 the -m (matchonly) flag.
8465 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
8466 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records
8467 for this host, one will be chosen at random.
8468 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
8469 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
8470 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries
8471 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
8472 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are
8473 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
8474 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
8475 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
8476 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
8477 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
8478 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts
8479 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
8480 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
8481 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
8482 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
8483 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
8484 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
8485 of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
8486 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
8487 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
8488 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if
8489 an /etc/hosts entry reads
8490 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
8491 this change will use the second name as the canonical
8492 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
8493 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
8494 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
8495 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
8496 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
8497 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan
8498 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
8499 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
8500 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
8501 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have
8502 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
8503 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
8504 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based
8505 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
8506 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
8507 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
8508 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8509 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
8510 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
8511 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
8512 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
8513 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
8514 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
8515 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
8516 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
8517 much longer than the specified timeout.
8518 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
8519 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
8520 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
8521 denial-of-service attack.
8522 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
8523 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
8524 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8525 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service
8526 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
8527 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
8528 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
8529 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the
8530 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
8531 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files"
8532 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
8533 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
8534 actually file lookups.
8535 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
8536 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
8537 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not
8538 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
8539 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
8540 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override
8541 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
8542 support for them has been removed.
8543 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
8544 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
8545 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
8546 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
8547 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
8548 message (not just the second line). This is to provide
8549 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
8550 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
8551 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested
8552 by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
8553 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
8554 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
8555 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
8556 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
8557 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
8558 also improves the connection cache utilization.
8559 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
8560 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested
8561 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
8562 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
8563 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
8564 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by
8565 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
8566 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change
8567 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
8569 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
8570 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero
8571 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
8572 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel
8573 timeout interval to establish the connection, this
8574 option can give the network software time to establish
8575 the link. The default units are seconds.
8576 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
8577 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
8578 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
8579 Defense Information Systems Agency.
8580 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
8581 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of
8582 the National Computer Security Center.
8583 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
8584 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
8585 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
8586 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by
8587 the mailprio scripts (see below).
8588 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
8589 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
8590 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a
8591 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
8592 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
8593 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The
8594 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample
8595 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
8596 University Computing Service.
8597 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
8598 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of
8599 the University of Kentucky.
8600 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
8601 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
8602 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
8603 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if
8604 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
8605 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
8606 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network
8607 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
8609 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
8610 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
8611 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
8612 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
8613 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
8614 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
8615 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really
8616 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
8617 can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
8618 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
8619 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
8620 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
8621 properly if they do not already exist. This had been
8622 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
8623 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
8624 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to
8625 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by
8626 Michael Beirne of Motorola.
8627 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
8628 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
8630 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
8631 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
8632 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids
8633 significant performance problems when looking for .forward
8634 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
8635 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
8636 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
8637 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is
8638 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
8639 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
8640 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
8641 From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8642 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
8643 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take
8645 None Leave the message as is. The
8646 message will be passed on even
8647 though it is in technically
8649 Add-To Add a To: header with any
8650 recipients that it can find from
8651 the envelope. This risks exposing
8653 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This
8654 has almost no redeeming social value,
8655 and is provided only for back
8657 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading
8658 To: undisclosed-recipients:;
8659 which will have the effect of
8660 making the message legal without
8661 exposing Bcc: recipients.
8662 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header.
8663 There is a chance that mailers down
8664 the line will delete this header,
8665 which could cause exposure of Bcc:
8667 The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
8668 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This
8669 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
8670 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
8671 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
8672 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
8673 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery
8674 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
8675 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
8676 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
8677 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
8678 alias or forward should include the name of this root.
8679 For example, if you run with
8680 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
8681 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a
8682 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
8683 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
8684 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
8685 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
8686 entries. For example, given the aliases:
8689 and an alias file declared as:
8690 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
8691 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
8692 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
8693 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8694 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
8695 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
8696 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan
8698 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
8699 to be simpler and more consistent.
8700 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give
8701 any extra security and caused some people some problems.
8702 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
8703 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
8704 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
8705 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
8706 This may affect some people who have written their own
8707 checkcompat() routine.
8708 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file
8709 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
8710 the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
8711 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
8712 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
8713 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
8714 if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
8715 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
8716 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
8717 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
8718 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
8720 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
8721 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
8722 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
8723 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
8724 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted,
8725 and anything after the first dot in a release number can
8726 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous
8727 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
8728 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
8729 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty
8730 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
8731 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
8732 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
8733 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
8734 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
8735 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
8736 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
8737 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
8739 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8740 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
8741 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still
8742 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura.
8743 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
8744 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
8745 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
8746 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
8747 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use
8748 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
8749 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of
8750 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
8751 is added between the first and second word of the first
8752 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
8753 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
8754 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
8755 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
8756 old sendmails understand.
8757 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
8758 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi.
8759 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
8760 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
8761 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native
8762 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
8763 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
8764 data -- for example,
8765 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
8766 (romanized/less information)
8767 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
8768 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
8769 (with MIME encoding, not human readable)
8770 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
8771 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
8772 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
8773 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
8774 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
8775 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
8776 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
8777 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues
8778 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by
8779 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
8780 Eric Prestemon of American University.
8781 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
8782 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
8783 increment on the background value).
8784 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged
8785 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed
8786 by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8787 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
8788 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
8789 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
8790 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
8791 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
8792 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional
8793 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
8794 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
8795 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
8796 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping
8797 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This
8798 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
8799 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
8800 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual
8801 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
8802 the program in question needs to be very careful about how
8803 it does the file write to avoid security problems.
8804 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
8805 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail
8806 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
8807 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
8808 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
8809 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
8810 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
8811 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
8812 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
8813 service type is "files".
8814 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is
8815 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
8817 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
8818 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code
8819 contributed by SunSoft.
8820 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
8821 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate
8822 the named variable from the environment when sendmail
8823 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
8824 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any
8825 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
8826 environment. However, sendmail still forces an
8827 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
8828 at least one environment variable, since many programs and
8829 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
8830 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
8831 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
8832 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves
8833 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8834 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
8835 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
8836 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
8837 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
8838 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
8839 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed
8840 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
8841 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
8842 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
8843 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
8844 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas
8845 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
8846 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
8847 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
8848 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
8849 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
8850 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes
8851 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
8852 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
8853 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
8855 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
8856 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from
8858 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
8859 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
8860 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
8861 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum
8863 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by
8864 Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
8865 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
8866 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
8867 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
8868 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
8869 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
8870 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
8871 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on
8872 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
8873 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
8874 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
8875 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
8877 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
8878 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular,
8879 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
8880 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
8881 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
8882 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
8883 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
8884 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining
8885 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows
8886 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
8887 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang
8888 of Sun Microsystems.
8889 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one
8890 is at least 50% faster.
8891 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
8892 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
8894 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
8895 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8896 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
8897 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the
8898 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
8899 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura.
8900 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
8901 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by
8902 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
8903 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
8904 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
8905 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
8906 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For
8907 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
8908 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
8909 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
8911 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
8913 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
8914 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
8915 Global Information Solutions.
8916 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
8917 From Motonori Nakamura.
8918 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From
8920 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
8921 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
8922 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
8923 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
8924 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
8925 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David
8926 James of British Telecom.
8927 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches
8928 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
8929 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
8930 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion
8931 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
8932 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
8933 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional,
8934 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
8935 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
8936 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are,
8937 a bad guy can read your private files.
8939 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
8940 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
8941 University. This expands the disk size
8942 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
8943 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
8944 and setrlimit(2) are both available.
8945 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
8946 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
8947 Linux Makefile typo.
8948 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
8949 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
8950 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
8952 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts,
8953 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
8954 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the
8955 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
8956 This requires adaptation of code that really
8957 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
8958 addresses or nameserver fields.''
8959 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To
8960 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
8961 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
8962 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
8963 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
8964 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
8966 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
8967 match all the other configuration files. Fix
8968 from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
8969 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain
8970 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
8971 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from
8972 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
8973 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
8974 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
8975 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter
8977 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
8978 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
8979 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
8980 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson
8981 of Ohio State University.
8982 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
8983 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
8985 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Schöpf
8986 of Zentrum für Datenverarbeitung der Universität
8988 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
8989 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
8991 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
8992 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
8994 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8995 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
8996 Rochester Medical Center.
8997 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
8998 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
8999 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
9000 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
9001 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
9002 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
9003 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
9005 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
9006 <janet@dialix.oz.au>.
9007 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
9009 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
9010 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
9011 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
9012 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
9013 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
9014 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
9015 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
9016 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
9017 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
9018 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
9020 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
9021 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
9022 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
9023 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
9024 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
9025 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
9026 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
9027 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
9028 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
9029 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
9030 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
9031 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
9032 University of Brno (Czech Republic).
9033 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
9035 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
9036 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
9037 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined
9038 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
9039 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
9040 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race
9041 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
9042 on the file, but it should be quite small.
9043 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can
9044 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
9045 giving the local administrator more control over what
9046 programs can be run from sendmail.
9047 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really
9048 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
9049 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
9051 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
9052 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
9053 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
9054 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
9055 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
9056 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very
9057 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
9058 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
9059 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
9060 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out.
9061 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
9062 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which
9063 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
9064 arbitrary directory -- use either:
9065 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
9067 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
9068 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
9070 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
9071 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
9072 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
9074 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
9075 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
9076 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
9077 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
9078 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
9079 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
9081 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
9082 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
9083 just unqualified ones.
9084 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
9085 was never used and didn't work anyway.
9086 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
9087 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
9088 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
9089 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
9090 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail
9091 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
9093 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
9094 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
9095 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
9096 this is expected to be another sendmail.
9097 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
9098 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
9099 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
9100 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip
9101 Rosenthal of Unicom.
9102 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
9103 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by
9104 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
9105 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
9106 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing
9107 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
9108 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
9109 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
9111 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
9112 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
9114 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
9115 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
9116 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from
9117 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
9118 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
9119 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
9120 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen.
9121 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
9122 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail"
9123 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
9124 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
9125 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
9126 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary
9127 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
9128 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
9129 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From
9130 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
9131 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
9132 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
9133 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
9134 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
9135 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
9136 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
9137 though they were local (essentially, assume that they
9138 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS
9139 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
9140 local model. It does not work reliably if there are
9141 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
9142 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
9143 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
9144 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
9145 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as
9146 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
9148 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
9149 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
9150 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
9151 Information Systems Agency.
9152 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
9153 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
9154 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
9155 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
9156 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
9157 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
9158 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files
9159 that really can be used in the real world.
9160 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
9161 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
9162 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
9163 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
9164 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
9165 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
9166 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
9167 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested
9169 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed
9170 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
9171 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
9172 performance for large alias files, and this confused many
9174 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
9175 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
9176 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
9177 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from
9178 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
9179 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
9180 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
9181 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
9182 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
9183 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code
9184 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
9185 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
9186 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
9187 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
9188 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
9189 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
9190 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified
9191 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
9192 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
9193 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this
9194 code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
9195 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
9196 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed
9198 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
9199 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
9200 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
9201 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
9202 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
9205 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
9207 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
9208 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
9209 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
9210 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
9211 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
9212 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
9213 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
9215 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
9216 cf/domain/generic.m4
9217 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
9218 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
9219 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
9221 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
9222 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
9226 cf/mailer/phquery.m4
9227 cf/mailer/procmail.m4
9228 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
9229 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
9234 cf/ostype/unknown.m4
9237 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
9238 mail.local/mail.local.0
9244 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
9245 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
9246 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
9247 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
9248 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
9249 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
9250 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
9251 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
9252 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
9253 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
9254 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
9255 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
9256 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
9257 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
9258 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
9259 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
9260 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
9261 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
9262 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
9270 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
9271 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
9272 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
9273 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
9274 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
9275 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
9276 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
9277 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
9278 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
9279 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9280 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9281 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9282 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
9283 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4
9284 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
9285 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
9286 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
9287 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
9288 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
9289 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
9290 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
9295 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
9297 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
9298 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
9299 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
9300 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9301 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9302 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
9303 contrib/rcpt-streaming
9304 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9306 8.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25
9307 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
9308 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
9309 any user (except root).
9310 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
9311 version number is unchanged.
9313 8.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28
9314 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
9315 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several
9316 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
9317 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
9318 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
9320 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
9321 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
9324 8.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08
9325 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
9326 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
9327 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
9328 message when attempted from IDENT.
9329 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
9330 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can
9331 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message
9332 to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
9333 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
9334 read from the network to ensure that you don't get
9336 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
9337 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by
9339 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
9340 _res.options field is initialized differently than it
9341 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
9342 res_init before it tweaks any bits.
9343 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
9344 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare
9345 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of
9347 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
9348 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of
9350 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by
9352 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit*
9353 and Liudvikas Bukys.
9354 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
9355 from Spider Boardman.
9356 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9359 8.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10
9360 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
9361 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
9362 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
9363 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
9364 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
9365 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security
9367 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
9368 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
9369 because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
9370 In some cases this could cause core dumps.
9371 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
9372 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the
9373 University of Texas.
9374 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
9375 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
9376 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
9377 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
9378 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
9379 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of
9381 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
9382 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew
9383 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
9384 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
9385 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
9386 with a lot of arguments).
9387 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
9388 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
9389 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
9391 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
9392 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
9393 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
9394 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
9396 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
9397 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
9398 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies
9399 some of the map code.
9400 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9403 8.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19
9404 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
9405 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
9406 may have some security implications.
9407 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
9408 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed
9409 Hill of the University of Iowa.
9410 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported
9411 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
9412 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
9413 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC.
9414 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
9415 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
9416 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
9418 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
9419 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
9420 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by
9421 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
9422 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related
9423 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
9425 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
9426 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by
9427 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
9428 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
9429 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by
9430 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
9431 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
9432 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This
9433 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
9434 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
9435 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
9436 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
9437 the canonical name. This should make life easier for
9438 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and
9439 if the name server is listed as "required", try again
9440 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to
9441 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
9443 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
9444 message to explain how much space was available and
9445 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet
9446 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
9447 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
9448 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
9449 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
9450 This prevents a certain class of denial of service
9451 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
9452 moves things more towards what will probably become a
9453 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of
9455 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
9456 without recompiling.
9457 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
9458 if there are errors during parsing. This change is
9460 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
9461 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
9462 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug....
9463 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
9464 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
9465 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
9466 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to
9467 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
9468 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
9469 sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
9470 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
9471 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe
9473 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
9474 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
9475 the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
9476 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
9477 refused" response, and that the connection can be
9478 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations
9479 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
9480 size around and can never start listening to connections
9481 again. The down side is that someone could start up
9482 another daemon process in the interim, so you could
9483 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
9484 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
9485 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the
9486 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
9487 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
9489 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
9490 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar.
9491 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
9492 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
9493 and the like could result in extra data being sent.
9494 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
9495 doc directory. This includes some additional
9497 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
9498 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been
9499 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
9500 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should
9501 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
9502 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
9503 loop the mail, which was bad news.
9505 Newer BSDI systems (several people).
9506 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
9507 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
9508 UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
9509 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9510 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
9511 Newcastle upon Tyne.
9512 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
9514 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
9515 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
9516 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9517 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
9520 src/Makefile.NCR3000
9521 doc/changes/Makefile
9522 doc/changes/changes.me
9523 doc/changes/changes.ps
9525 8.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21
9526 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
9527 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones;
9528 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
9530 8.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14
9531 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
9532 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of
9533 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
9536 8.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13
9537 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
9538 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
9539 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
9540 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
9542 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
9543 in the connection cache for a long time under some
9544 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion,
9545 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the
9546 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From
9547 Doug Anderson of NCSC.
9548 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
9549 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
9550 from a local user to another local user. From
9551 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9552 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
9553 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From
9554 Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9555 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
9556 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
9557 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
9558 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
9559 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
9560 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
9561 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
9562 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
9563 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
9564 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
9565 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From
9566 David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
9567 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
9568 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
9570 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
9572 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
9573 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
9574 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
9575 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify
9576 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
9577 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
9578 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
9579 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
9581 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
9582 file if it was on a read-only file system. From
9583 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
9584 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers
9586 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
9587 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
9588 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon.
9589 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not
9590 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
9591 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
9592 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
9593 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
9594 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto
9595 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
9596 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
9597 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem
9598 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
9599 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
9600 security implications. Suggested by several people.
9601 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
9602 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat
9603 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
9604 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from
9606 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
9607 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
9608 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
9609 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
9610 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
9611 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported
9612 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9613 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
9614 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
9615 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar.
9616 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
9617 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson
9618 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
9619 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
9620 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
9621 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
9622 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
9623 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
9624 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots
9625 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig
9626 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9627 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
9628 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you
9629 didn't see the class items being added.
9630 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
9631 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
9632 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of
9634 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
9635 but sets h_errno to a success value.
9636 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
9637 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
9638 address specified in the P option). This fix should
9639 help problems that cause the df file to be left around
9640 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
9642 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
9643 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
9644 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
9645 Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
9646 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
9647 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
9648 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of
9650 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
9651 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming
9652 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by
9654 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
9655 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by
9656 George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
9657 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
9658 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori
9660 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
9661 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
9662 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
9663 University of Washington.
9664 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
9665 don't have an ``=value'' part.
9666 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
9667 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the
9668 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
9669 of the weird way the name server works in the presence
9670 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
9671 of Cambridge University.
9672 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
9673 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
9674 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
9675 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
9676 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
9677 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
9678 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
9679 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if
9680 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
9681 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
9682 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
9683 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to
9684 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
9685 that country names that match one of your subdomains get
9687 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
9688 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
9689 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
9690 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
9691 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
9692 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will
9693 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
9694 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this
9695 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
9696 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
9697 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From
9698 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
9699 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
9700 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
9701 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
9702 size for various mailers.
9703 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
9704 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
9705 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9706 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
9707 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
9708 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well.
9709 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
9710 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
9711 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other
9713 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
9714 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon
9715 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
9716 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
9717 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe
9718 Michel of Thomson CSF.
9719 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
9720 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
9721 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
9722 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable
9723 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
9724 This also moves matching of explicit local host names
9725 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
9726 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill
9727 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
9728 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
9729 University of Sydney.
9730 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
9731 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
9732 This is because of the known bug where definition of
9733 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
9734 both and deliver into the local mailbox.
9735 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
9736 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
9737 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up
9738 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo
9740 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
9741 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
9742 these are often used because either the forward or reverse
9743 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
9744 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo
9747 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
9748 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
9749 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
9750 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
9751 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
9752 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
9753 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
9754 DGUX from Doug Anderson.
9755 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
9757 src/Makefile.DomainOS
9759 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
9760 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
9761 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9763 cf/ostype/domainos.m4
9768 8.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13
9769 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
9770 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From
9771 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
9772 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
9773 were invoked. This caused programs to have group
9774 permissions they should not have had (usually group
9775 daemon instead of their own group). In particular,
9776 Perl scripts would refuse to run.
9777 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
9778 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
9779 Although this does not respond to a specific known
9780 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by
9781 Christian Wettergren.
9782 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
9783 a system with a restricted shell listed in their
9784 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
9785 program by putting that in their .forward file.
9786 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
9787 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
9788 execute a program or write a file. You can disable
9789 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't
9790 permit world-writable :include: files to reference
9791 programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
9792 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
9793 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
9794 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
9795 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
9796 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
9797 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially
9798 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
9799 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
9800 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
9801 connection to create problems on the current job.
9802 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
9804 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
9805 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
9806 problem that ignored the load average in locally
9807 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar.
9808 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From
9809 John Orthoefer of BB&N.
9810 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
9811 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
9812 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
9813 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
9814 when sending error messages. This resulted in
9815 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself
9816 on the following queue run. Problem noted by
9817 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
9818 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
9819 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From
9820 Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9821 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
9822 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
9823 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin.
9824 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
9825 of the Chalmers University of Technology.
9826 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
9827 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
9828 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes
9830 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
9831 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
9832 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
9833 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
9834 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
9835 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University.
9836 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
9837 this makes it easier to turn it off (using
9838 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse.
9839 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
9840 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
9841 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
9842 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
9843 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith
9844 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
9845 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
9846 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
9847 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
9848 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
9849 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
9850 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
9851 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
9853 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
9854 of from a clean exit.
9855 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
9856 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
9857 might still be found in /etc/hosts.
9858 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
9859 as the subject of an error message, even though the
9860 actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
9861 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
9862 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle
9864 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
9865 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time
9866 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton
9867 University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
9868 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
9869 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
9870 says that they should be ignored.
9871 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
9872 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
9873 (with the null input), and logs the result. This
9874 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
9876 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
9877 documented in the Bat Book.
9878 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
9879 return an error message and did not requeue the message.
9880 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
9881 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
9882 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
9883 code during some parts of connection initialization.
9884 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
9885 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
9886 any case. From Amir Plivatsky.
9887 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
9888 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9889 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura
9890 of Kyoto University.
9891 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
9892 From P{r Emanuelsson.
9893 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
9894 Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
9895 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by
9897 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
9898 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
9899 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
9900 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori
9902 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
9903 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
9904 illegal addresses appearing there).
9905 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
9907 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
9909 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen
9910 Campbell of Dartmouth University.
9911 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
9912 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
9913 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported
9914 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
9915 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
9916 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
9917 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
9918 by the other end closing the connection. From
9919 Dave Morrison of Oracle.
9920 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
9921 to include a host name or other useful information.
9922 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince
9924 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
9925 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
9926 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
9927 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of
9928 the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
9929 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
9930 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
9931 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
9932 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
9934 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
9935 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
9936 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
9937 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
9938 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
9939 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
9940 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it
9941 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
9942 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
9943 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
9944 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
9945 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
9946 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server
9947 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
9948 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
9949 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
9950 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
9951 of the Institute for Global Communications.
9952 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
9953 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail
9954 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
9955 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
9956 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
9957 mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
9958 Portability fixes for:
9959 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
9960 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
9961 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
9962 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
9963 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
9964 of Stoner Associates.
9965 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
9966 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
9967 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
9969 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
9970 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9971 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
9972 Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
9973 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
9975 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
9977 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
9978 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
9979 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location
9980 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
9981 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
9982 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
9983 since this is intended only for internal use, the
9984 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The
9985 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
9986 addresses when relaying internally.
9987 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
9988 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution
9989 provided by Peter Wemm.
9990 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
9991 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From
9992 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
9993 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
9994 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
9995 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
9996 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
9997 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
9999 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
10000 rather than letting them get "local configuration
10001 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
10002 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
10003 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
10004 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This
10005 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
10006 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
10007 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
10008 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
10009 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
10010 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
10011 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
10012 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
10013 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan
10015 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From
10016 Jim Murray of Stratus.
10017 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
10018 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host
10019 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
10020 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
10021 the local name prepended.
10022 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
10023 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
10024 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
10025 which lack newline. From Mark Delany.
10026 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
10027 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC
10028 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
10029 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
10030 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
10031 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
10032 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
10033 :include: files and accounts that have shells
10034 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may
10035 cause some .forward files that have worked
10036 before to start failing.
10037 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
10041 src/Makefile.FreeBSD
10042 src/Makefile.Mach386
10043 src/Makefile.NetBSD
10044 src/Makefile.RISCos
10049 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
10051 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
10052 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
10053 makemap/Makefile.dist
10054 praliases/Makefile.dist
10056 8.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31
10057 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
10058 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
10059 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu.
10060 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This
10061 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
10063 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync()
10064 in a few critical places.
10065 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
10066 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's
10067 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric
10068 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
10069 and High-Energy Physics.
10070 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
10071 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From
10073 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
10074 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
10075 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric
10077 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
10078 really become relevant in the next release, but some
10079 people need it for local patches. From Michael
10080 Corrigan of UC San Diego.
10081 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
10082 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
10083 these can have different values depending on which
10084 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar.
10085 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
10086 what uid/gid processes ran as.
10087 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
10088 the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
10089 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
10091 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
10092 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
10093 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
10094 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
10095 addresses (so that it matches local again). From
10097 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
10098 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
10099 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori
10100 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
10101 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but
10102 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura.
10104 8.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15
10105 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
10106 addresses that get return-receipts.
10107 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
10108 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
10109 and end up sending the message several times.
10110 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
10111 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for
10113 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
10114 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as
10115 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
10116 Cornell University Medical College.
10117 If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
10118 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
10119 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
10120 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric
10122 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
10123 connections fail during message collection. From
10125 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
10126 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
10127 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of
10129 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
10130 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by
10131 Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10132 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
10133 by non-root users were not put into
10134 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
10135 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix
10136 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
10137 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
10138 could get confused as to whether a database was
10140 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
10141 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
10142 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature",
10143 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
10144 that this is a highly exceptional case.)
10145 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
10146 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
10147 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
10148 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
10150 8.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08
10151 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
10152 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
10153 causing an error during parsing, that message was never
10154 propagated to the queue file.
10157 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
10158 conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
10159 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
10160 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
10161 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
10162 header files but don't have the syscall.
10163 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
10165 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
10166 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
10167 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
10168 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
10169 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
10170 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10171 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
10172 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
10173 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
10174 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
10175 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
10176 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
10177 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
10178 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro
10180 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
10181 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill
10182 Wisner of The Well.
10183 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
10184 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
10185 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
10186 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
10187 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups
10188 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
10189 files that you should be able to read but have previously
10190 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
10192 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
10193 if the user is forced to override some silly system,
10194 MX suppression will still work.
10195 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
10196 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it
10197 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
10198 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10199 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
10200 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori
10202 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
10204 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
10205 trying to send the original message if the connection
10206 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
10207 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported
10208 by John Myers of CMU.
10209 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
10211 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
10212 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
10213 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
10214 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would
10215 keep trying, it would send error messages on each
10216 queue interval. This is an important fix.
10217 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
10218 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
10219 ruleset testing a bit easier.
10220 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
10221 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
10223 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
10224 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly
10225 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the
10226 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
10228 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
10229 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of
10230 Harvey Mudd College.
10231 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
10232 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to
10233 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
10234 their full name information.
10235 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
10236 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
10237 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd.
10238 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
10239 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
10240 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
10241 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
10242 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
10243 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10244 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
10245 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray
10246 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
10247 PC TCP/IP implementations.
10248 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
10249 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults
10250 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved
10251 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
10253 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
10254 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
10256 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
10257 get a queue file for an already completed job. This
10258 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the
10259 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10260 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
10261 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
10262 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
10263 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
10264 that claims to be itself works properly.
10265 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
10266 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
10267 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
10268 recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
10269 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
10270 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan
10271 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
10272 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
10273 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
10274 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
10275 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
10277 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
10278 true address to still send to the original address
10279 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
10280 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
10281 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
10282 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused
10283 more trouble than it was worth.
10284 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
10285 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob
10286 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
10287 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example,
10288 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
10289 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
10290 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
10292 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
10293 messages don't come out with stale information.
10294 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
10295 will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
10296 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
10297 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner
10299 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
10300 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael
10302 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
10303 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope
10305 Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
10306 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
10307 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
10308 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
10309 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
10310 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
10311 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
10312 that does bulk data transfer).
10313 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by
10315 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an
10316 observation that some people were using the SITE macro
10317 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
10318 bogus config files that were not caught.
10319 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
10320 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
10321 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
10322 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
10323 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
10324 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
10325 :include:s don't use the wrong uid.
10326 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
10327 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
10328 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
10329 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
10330 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
10331 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
10332 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
10333 opened or if running with no database format defined.
10334 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
10335 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
10336 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
10337 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the
10338 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
10340 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
10341 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
10342 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries
10343 to match regular entries.
10344 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
10345 feature, even if it doesn't work right.
10346 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
10347 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
10348 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
10349 for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
10350 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
10351 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
10352 error message so that the "subject" line of return
10353 messages is the best possible.
10354 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
10355 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
10356 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
10357 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
10358 connections (domain-ized UUCP).
10359 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
10360 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10361 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
10362 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
10363 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
10364 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation
10365 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
10367 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
10368 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
10369 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2
10370 installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
10371 Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10372 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
10373 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
10374 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
10375 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
10376 addresses in any detail.
10377 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
10378 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
10379 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
10380 with an address such as "!foo".
10381 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
10382 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better
10383 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
10384 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by
10388 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
10389 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
10390 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
10391 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10392 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
10393 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break
10394 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
10395 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
10396 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori
10398 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
10399 are no DNS records matching the name.
10400 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
10401 original message was received ... from localhost".
10402 The correct original host information is now included.
10403 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
10404 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it
10405 to use -f instead. From John Myers.
10406 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
10407 esmtp -- it should be smtp.
10408 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
10409 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
10410 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
10411 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious
10412 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
10413 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes
10414 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
10415 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
10418 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because
10419 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
10420 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
10421 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
10422 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If
10423 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
10424 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
10425 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
10426 are really configuration errors. This option is
10427 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
10429 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
10430 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused
10431 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
10432 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
10433 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted
10435 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
10436 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
10437 suppress the sending of the message. This changes
10438 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
10439 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem
10440 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
10441 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
10442 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
10443 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit
10444 of dickering with error handling (see below).
10445 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This
10446 will only hurt already-broken software and should help
10448 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
10449 compiled in. It would never read the alias file.
10450 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
10452 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
10453 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change
10454 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
10455 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers.
10456 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
10457 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the
10458 connection rather than sending QUIT.
10459 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
10460 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
10461 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem
10462 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
10463 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10464 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
10465 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
10466 core dumps on some machines.
10467 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
10468 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
10469 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
10470 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
10471 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
10472 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually
10473 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
10474 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
10475 some true error conditions.
10476 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
10477 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced
10478 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
10479 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
10480 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
10481 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it
10482 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted
10483 by Motonori Nakamura.
10484 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
10485 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This
10486 caused error messages to be handled differently during
10487 a queue run than a direct run.
10488 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
10489 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
10490 just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
10491 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
10492 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
10493 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
10494 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
10496 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
10497 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change
10498 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
10499 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
10500 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
10501 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c
10502 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
10503 is appropriately functional.
10504 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
10505 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
10506 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray
10507 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
10508 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
10509 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
10510 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
10511 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
10513 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
10514 process group id. The original fix was to get around
10515 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
10516 any call from a shell that creates a process group id
10517 different from the process id. I could try to fix
10518 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
10519 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
10521 Portability changes:
10522 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
10523 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
10524 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This
10525 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
10527 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should
10528 help other strict ANSI compilers.
10529 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
10531 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
10532 documentation apparently doesn't define
10533 __STDC__ by default).
10534 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
10535 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
10537 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
10538 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
10539 several people have made a good argument that this
10540 creates more problems than it solves (although this
10541 may prove painful in the short run).
10542 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
10544 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
10545 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
10546 addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
10547 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
10548 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
10549 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
10550 the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
10551 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
10552 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
10553 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
10554 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik
10555 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
10556 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
10557 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
10558 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
10559 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10560 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
10561 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default
10562 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
10563 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out
10564 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
10565 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
10566 environments. Ugly as sin.
10569 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
10570 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
10571 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This
10572 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
10573 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
10574 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
10575 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for
10576 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is
10577 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
10578 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
10579 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more
10581 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
10583 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
10584 compatibility library. This also adds a new
10585 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
10586 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
10587 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
10588 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least
10589 for quick test cases.
10590 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
10591 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
10592 and at least one of those addresses is good and points
10593 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
10594 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
10595 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
10596 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers.
10597 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
10598 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This
10599 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
10600 From Michael Corrigan.
10601 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
10602 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested
10603 by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10604 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
10605 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
10606 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner.
10607 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
10608 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by
10609 Christophe Wolfhugel.
10610 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel.
10613 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
10614 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
10615 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT
10616 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
10617 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why???
10618 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
10619 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
10620 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix
10622 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
10623 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
10624 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham
10625 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
10626 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
10627 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
10628 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
10629 match the other flags in that file.
10630 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar.
10631 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
10632 Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
10633 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
10634 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
10635 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar.
10636 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
10637 forks. From Eric Wassenaar.
10638 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
10639 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
10640 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura.
10641 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
10642 was specified, it would still replace the key with the
10643 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10644 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
10645 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code
10646 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
10647 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed
10648 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
10649 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
10650 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
10651 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
10652 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
10653 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
10654 the root and directories leading up to your home);
10655 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
10657 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
10658 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
10659 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
10660 the user's home directory isn't x'able.
10661 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
10662 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
10663 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
10664 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that
10665 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
10666 is separate; this is just intended to work around
10667 network clogs that will occur before the final dot
10668 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar.
10669 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
10670 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
10671 matching without a null it never tries again with a
10672 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never
10673 tries without the null and creates new maps with a
10674 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with
10675 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified,
10676 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
10677 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O,
10679 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
10680 will insert the appropriate full name information;
10681 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
10683 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
10684 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't
10685 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
10686 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
10687 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
10688 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
10689 only happen when there has been another error in the
10690 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined
10691 by default in conf.h.
10692 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
10693 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for
10694 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
10695 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
10696 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
10697 This output is not intended to be particularly human
10698 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
10699 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
10700 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you
10701 have a local net that should get direct connects, you
10702 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
10703 See cf/README for an example.
10704 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
10705 sites that don't use the -d flag.
10706 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
10707 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
10708 has been requested by several people, but can break
10709 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias"
10710 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
10711 although initial delivery will work, replies will be
10712 broken. Use it sparingly.
10713 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains
10714 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is
10715 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
10716 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you
10717 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
10718 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From
10719 Bill Wisner of The Well.
10720 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
10721 first. This is currently unused in the config files,
10722 but could be used in a mailertable entry.
10724 8.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27
10725 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
10726 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
10727 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
10728 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
10729 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
10730 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
10732 8.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12
10733 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
10734 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus
10735 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
10737 8.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08
10738 Another mailertable fix....
10741 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes.
projects / FreeBSD / releng / 10.2.git / blob